Patent Publication Number: US-2023151037-A1

Title: Gpr40 agonists

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/983,438 filed on Feb. 28, 2020, U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/076,113 filed on Sep. 9, 2020, U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/117,074 filed on Nov. 23, 2020, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/147,982 filed on Feb. 10, 2021, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. 
    
    
     BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION 
     Disclosed herein, in certain embodiments, are free fatty acid receptor 1 (GPR40) agonists useful for the treatment of conditions or disorders involving the gut-brain axis. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonists are gut-restricted or selectively modulate GPR40 located in the gut. In some embodiments, the condition is selected from the group consisting of: central nervous system (CNS) disorders including mood disorders, anxiety, depression, affective disorders, schizophrenia, malaise, cognition disorders, addiction, autism, epilepsy, neurodegenerative disorders, Alzheimer&#39;s disease, and Parkinson&#39;s disease, Lewy Body dementia, episodic cluster headache, migraine, pain; metabolic conditions including diabetes and its complications such as chronic kidney disease/diabetic nephropathy, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, and cardiovascular disease, metabolic syndrome, obesity, dyslipidemia, and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); eating and nutritional disorders including hyperphagia, cachexia, anorexia nervosa, short bowel syndrome, intestinal failure, intestinal insufficiency and other eating disorders; inflammatory disorders and autoimmune diseases such as inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn&#39;s disease, psoriasis and celiac disease; necrotizing enterocolitis; gastrointestinal injury resulting from toxic insults such as radiation or chemotherapy; diseases/disorders of gastrointestinal barrier dysfunction including environmental enteric dysfunction, spontaneous bacterial peritonitis; functional gastrointestinal disorders such as irritable bowel syndrome, functional dyspepsia, functional abdominal bloating/distension, functional diarrhea, functional constipation, and opioid-induced constipation; gastroparesis; nausea and vomiting; disorders related to microbiome dysbiosis, and other conditions involving the gut-brain axis. 
     Disclosed herein, in certain embodiments, is a compound of Formula (I): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, wherein:
         Z is —P(═O)(H)OR 6 , —P(═O)(R 5 )OR 6 , —P(═O)(OR 6 ) 2 , —S(═O)(OR 6 ), —SO 2 OR 6 , —C(═O)NHSO 2 R 5 , —C(═O)NHSO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , —N(R 6 )SO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , —N(R 6 )C(═O)NHSO 2 (R 5 ), —N(R 6 )C(═O)NHSO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , —N(R 6 )C(═NH)NH 2 , —C(═O)NHNHC(═O)N(R 6 ) 2 , or —B (OR 6 ) 2 ;
           R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, phenyl, or —(C 1 -C 6  alkyl)-phenyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl), C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, and 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl;   each R 6  is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, phenyl, or —(C 1 -C 6  alkyl)-phenyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl), C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, and 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl;   
           R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   R 4  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3  and Y 4  are each independently N, CH, or C—R Y ;
           each R Y  is independently halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), —NH 2 , —NH—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), —N(C 1 -C 6  alkyl) 2 , C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   
           L 1  is —O—, —NR 7 —, *—O—CH 2 —, *-CH 2 —O—, *-NR 7 CH 2 —, *-CH 2 —NR 7 —, *-NR 7 —C(O)—, *-C(O)—NR 7 —, or *-C(O)—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B;
           R 7  is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, or C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl;   
           Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents;   Ring A is carbocycle or heterocycle; wherein the carbocycle or heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R A  substituents;   L 2  is a bond, C 1 -C 6  alkylene, or —(C 1 -C 6  alkylene)-O—; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, and —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl);   each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 10  alkyl, C 2 -C 10  alkenyl, C 2 -C 10  alkynyl, C 1 -C 10  fluoroalkyl, -L A -CN, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 , -L A -NR 11 R 11 , -L A -C(═O)R 10 , -L A -C(═O)OR 11 , -L A -OC(═O)R 11 , -L A -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L A -NR 11 C(═O)R 11 , -L A -NR 11 C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L A -OC(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L A -NR 11 C(═O)OR 10 , -L A -OC(═O)OR 10 , -L A -aryl, -L A -heteroaryl, -L A -(C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl), or -L A -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl);   each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 10  alkyl, C 2 -C 10  alkenyl, C 2 -C 10  alkynyl, C 1 -C 10  fluoroalkyl, -L B -CN, -L B -OH, -L B -OR 10 , -L B -NR 11 R 11 , -L B -C(═O)R 10 , -L B -C(═O)OR 11 , -L B -OC(═O)R 11 , -L B -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L B -NR 11 C(═O)R 11 , -L B -NR 11 C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L B -OC(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L B -NR 11 C(═O)OR 10 , -L B -OC(═O)OR 10 , -L B -aryl, -L B -heteroaryl, -L B -(C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl), or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl);   each L A  and L B  is independently a bond or C 1 -C 6  alkylene; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl, C 2 -C 10  alkenyl, C 2 -C 10  alkynyl, C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl); and   each R 11  is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 10  alkyl, C 2 -C 10  alkenyl, C 2 -C 10  alkynyl, C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl);   or two R 11  on the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 3- to 10-membered N-heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl).       

     Any combination of the groups described above or below for the various variables is contemplated herein. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof are chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (II): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (III): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, wherein R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (IV): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, wherein R 1  and R 2  are each independently hydrogen, —F, or methyl. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (IVa) or Formula (IVb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (IX): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (IXa) or Formula (IXb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (X): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein m is 0, 1, 2, or 3. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (Xa) or Formula (Xb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (XI): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N, CH, or CR A ; n is 0, 1, or 2; and m is 0, 1, or 2. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (XIa) or Formula (XIb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (XII): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl; R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl; W is N, CH, or CR A ; each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ; each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5 alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); n is 0, 1, or 2; and m is 0, 1, or 2. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (XIIa) or Formula (XIIb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (XIII): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl; W is N, CH, or CR A ; each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ; each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 — (3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); n is 0, 1, or 2; and m is 0, 1, or 2. 
     In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (XIIIa) or Formula (XIIIb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     Disclosed herein, in certain embodiments, are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 
     Disclosed herein, in certain embodiments, are methods of treating a condition or disorder involving the gut-brain axis in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is associated with GPR40 activity. In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is a metabolic disorder. In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is type 2 diabetes, hyperglycemia, metabolic syndrome, obesity, hypercholesterolemia, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, or hypertension. In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is a nutritional disorder. In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is short bowel syndrome, intestinal failure, or intestinal insufficiency. In some embodiments, the compound disclosed herein is gut-restricted. In some embodiments, the compound disclosed herein has low systemic exposure. 
     In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein further comprise administering one or more additional therapeutic agents to the subject. In some embodiments, the one or more additional therapeutic agents are selected from a TGR5 agonist, a GPR119 agonist, an SSTR5 antagonist, an SSTR5 inverse agonist, a CCK1 agonist, a PDE4 inhibitor, a DPP-4 inhibitor, a GLP-1 receptor agonist, a GOAT inhibitor, metformin, or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the TGR5 agonist, GPR119 agonist, SSTR5 antagonist, SSTR5 inverse agonist or CCK1 agonist is gut-restricted. 
    
    
     DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION 
     This disclosure is directed, at least in part, to GPR40 agonists useful for the treatment of conditions or disorders involving the gut-brain axis. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonists are gut-restricted compounds. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonists are full agonists or partial agonists. 
     Definitions 
     As used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “an agent” includes a plurality of such agents, and reference to “the cell” includes reference to one or more cells (or to a plurality of cells) and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. When ranges are used herein for physical properties, such as molecular weight, or chemical properties, such as chemical formulas, all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific embodiments therein are intended to be included. 
     The term “about” when referring to a number or a numerical range means that the number or numerical range referred to is an approximation within experimental variability (or within statistical experimental error), and thus the number or numerical range, in some instances, will vary between 1% and 15% of the stated number or numerical range. 
     The term “comprising” (and related terms such as “comprise” or “comprises” or “having” or “including”) is not intended to exclude that in other certain embodiments, for example, an embodiment of any composition of matter, composition, method, or process, or the like, described herein, “consist of” or “consist essentially of” the described features. 
     As used in the specification and appended claims, unless specified to the contrary, the following terms have the meaning indicated below: 
     As used herein, C 1 -C x  includes C 1 -C 2 , C 1 -C 3  . . . C 1 -C x . By way of example only, a group designated as “C 1 -C 4 ” indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e., groups containing 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms or 4 carbon atoms. Thus, by way of example only, “C 1 -C 4  alkyl” indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl group, i.e., the alkyl group is selected from among methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl. 
     “Alkyl” refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain, or optionally substituted branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon monoradical having from one to about ten carbon atoms, or more preferably, from one to six carbon atoms, wherein an sp 3 -hybridized carbon of the alkyl residue is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Examples include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-1-pentyl, 3-methyl-1-pentyl, 4-methyl-1-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl, 2-ethyl-1-butyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-amyl and hexyl, and longer alkyl groups, such as heptyl, octyl, and the like. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “C 1 -C 6  alkyl” means that the alkyl group consists of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkyl” where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, the alkyl is a C 1 -C 10  alkyl, a C 1 -C 9  alkyl, a C 1 -C 8  alkyl, a C 1 -C 7  alkyl, a C 1 -C 6  alkyl, a C 1 -C 5  alkyl, a C 1 -C 4  alkyl, a C 1 -C 3  alkyl, a C 1 -C 2  alkyl, or a C 1  alkyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyl group is optionally substituted as described below by one or more of the following substituents: halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, thioxo, imino, oximo, trimethylsilanyl, —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(O)—OR f , —N(R a ) 2 , —N + (R a ) 3 , —C(O)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)OR f , —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)R a , —N(R a )S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t OR a  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2) and —S(O) t N(R a ) 2  (where t is 1 or 2) where each R a  is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, and each R f  is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl. 
     “Alkenyl” refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain, or optionally substituted branched-chain hydrocarbon monoradical having one or more carbon-carbon double-bonds and having from two to about ten carbon atoms, more preferably two to about six carbon atoms, wherein an sp 2 -hybridized carbon or an sp 3 -hybridized carbon of the alkenyl residue is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. The group may be in either the cis or trans conformation about the double bond(s), and should be understood to include both isomers. Examples include, but are not limited to ethenyl (—CH═CH 2 ), 1-propenyl (—CH 2 CH═CH 2 ), isopropenyl (—C(CH 3 )═CH 2 ), butenyl, 1,3-butadienyl and the like. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “C 2 -C 6  alkenyl” means that the alkenyl group may consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkenyl” where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, the alkenyl is a C 2 -C 10  alkenyl, a C 2 -C 9  alkenyl, a C 2 -C 8  alkenyl, a C 2 -C 7  alkenyl, a C 2 -C 6  alkenyl, a C 2 -C 5  alkenyl, a C 2 -C 4  alkenyl, a C 2 -C 3  alkenyl, or a C 2  alkenyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenyl group is optionally substituted as described below, for example, with oxo, halogen, amino, nitrile, nitro, hydroxyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenyl group is optionally substituted as described below by one or more of the following substituents: halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, thioxo, imino, oximo, trimethylsilanyl, —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)—R f , —OC(O)—OR f , —N(R a ) 2 , —N + (R a ) 3 , —C(O)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)OR f , —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)R f , —N(R a )S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t OR a  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2) and —S(O) t N(R a ) 2  (where t is 1 or 2) where each R a  is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, and each R f  is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl. 
     “Alkynyl” refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain or optionally substituted branched-chain hydrocarbon monoradical having one or more carbon-carbon triple-bonds and having from two to about ten carbon atoms, more preferably from two to about six carbon atoms, wherein an sp-hybridized carbon or an sp 3 -hybridized carbon of the alkynyl residue is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Examples include, but are not limited to ethynyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 1,3-butadiynyl and the like. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “C 2 -C 6  alkynyl” means that the alkynyl group may consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkynyl” where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, the alkynyl is a C 2 -C 10  alkynyl, a C 2 -C 9  alkynyl, a C 2 -C 8  alkynyl, a C 2 -C 7  alkynyl, a C 2 -C 6  alkynyl, a C 2 -C 5  alkynyl, a C 2 -C 4  alkynyl, a C 2 -C 3  alkynyl, or a C 2  alkynyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkynyl group is optionally substituted as described below by one or more of the following substituents: halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, thioxo, imino, oximo, trimethylsilanyl, —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(O)—OR f , —N(R a ) 2 , —N + (R a ) 3 , —C(O)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)OR f , —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)R f , —N(R a )S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t OR a  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2) and —S(O) t N(R a ) 2  (where t is 1 or 2) where each R a  is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, and each R f  is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl. 
     “Alkylene” or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing no unsaturation and having from one to twelve carbon atoms, for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, and the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group are through one carbon in the alkylene chain or through any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene group is optionally substituted as described below by one or more of the following substituents: halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, thioxo, imino, oximo, trimethylsilanyl, —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(O)—OR f , —N(R a ) 2 , —N + (R a ) 3 , —C(O)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)OR f , —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)R f , —N(R a )S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t OR a  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2) and —S(O) t N(R a ) 2  (where t is 1 or 2) where each R a  is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, and each R f  is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl. 
     “Alkenylene” or “alkenylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and having from two to twelve carbon atoms. The alkenylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenylene group is optionally substituted as described below by one or more of the following substituents: halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, thioxo, imino, oximo, trimethylsilanyl, —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)—R f , —OC(O)—OR f , —N(R a ) 2 , —N + (R a ) 3 , —C(O)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)OR f , —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)R f , —N(R a )S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t OR a  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2) and —S(O) t N(R a ) 2  (where t is 1 or 2) where each R a  is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, and each R f  is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl. 
     “Alkynylene” or “alkynylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and having from two to twelve carbon atoms. The alkynylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkynylene group is optionally substituted as described below by one or more of the following substituents: halo, cyano, nitro, oxo, thioxo, imino, oximo, trimethylsilanyl, —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(O)—OR f , —N(R a ) 2 , —N + (R a ) 3 , —C(O)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)OR f , —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)R f , —N(R a )S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t OR a  (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2) and —S(O) t N(R a ) 2  (where t is 1 or 2) where each R a  is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, and each R f  is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl. 
     “Alkoxy” or “alkoxyl” refers to a radical bonded through an oxygen atom of the formula —O-alkyl, where alkyl is an alkyl chain as defined above. 
     “Aryl” refers to a radical derived from an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic hydrocarbon ring system by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring carbon atom. The aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic hydrocarbon ring system contains only hydrogen and carbon atoms unless otherwise specified (i.e., from 6 to 18 carbon atoms), where at least one of the rings in the ring system is fully unsaturated, (i.e., it contains a cyclic, delocalized (4n+2) π-electron system in accordance with the Hückel theory). The ring system from which aryl groups are derived include, but are not limited to, groups such as benzene, fluorene, indane, indene, tetralin and naphthalene. In some embodiments, the aryl is a C 6 -C 10  aryl. In some embodiments, the aryl is a phenyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the term “aryl” or the prefix “ar-” (such as in “aralkyl”) is meant to include aryl radicals optionally substituted as described below by one or more substituents independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —R b —OR a , —R b —SR a , —R b —OC(O)—R a , —R b —OC(O)—OR f , —R b —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N + (R a ) 3 , —R b —C(O)R a , —R b —C(O)OR a , —R b —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —R b —O—R c —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N(R a )C(O)OR f , —R b —N(R a )C(O)R a , —R b —N(R a )S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2), —R b —S(O) t OR a  (where t is 1 or 2), —R b —S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2) and —R b —S(O) t N(R a ) 2  (where t is 1 or 2), where each R a  is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl (optionally substituted with one or more halo groups), aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, R f  is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl (optionally substituted with one or more halo groups), aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each R b  is independently a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene or alkenylene chain, and R c  is a straight or branched alkylene or alkenylene chain. 
     An “arylene” refers to a divalent radical derived from an “aryl” group as described above linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. The arylene is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. In some embodiments, the arylene is a phenylene. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an arylene group is optionally substituted as described above for an aryl group. 
     “Cycloalkyl” refers to a stable, partially or fully saturated, monocyclic or polycyclic carbocyclic ring, which may include fused (when fused with an aryl or a heteroaryl ring, the cycloalkyl is bonded through a non-aromatic ring atom) or bridged ring systems. Representative cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cycloalkyls having from three to fifteen carbon atoms (C 3 -C 15  cycloalkyl), from three to ten carbon atoms (C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl), from three to eight carbon atoms (C 3 -C 8  cycloalkyl), from three to six carbon atoms (C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl), from three to five carbon atoms (C 3 -C 5  cycloalkyl), or three to four carbon atoms (C 3 -C 4  cycloalkyl). In some embodiments, the cycloalkyl is a 3- to 6-membered cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the cycloalkyl is a 5- to 6-membered cycloalkyl. Monocyclic cycloalkyls include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic cycloalkyls or carbocycles include, for example, adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl, bicyclo[1.1.1]pentyl, bicyclo[3.3.0]octane, bicyclo[4.3.0]nonane, cis-decalin, trans-decalin, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, bicyclo[3.2.2]nonane, and bicyclo[3.3.2]decane, 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like. Unless otherwise stated specifically in the specification, the term “cycloalkyl” is meant to include cycloalkyl radicals optionally substituted as described below by one or more substituents independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —R b —OR a , —R b —SR a , —R b —OC(O)—R a , —R b —OC(O)—OR f , —R b —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N + (R a ) 3 , —R b —C(O)R a , —R b —C(O)OR a , —R b —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —R b —O—R c —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N(R a )C(O)OR f , —R b —N(R a )C(O)R a , —R b —N(R a )S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2), —R b —S(O) t OR a  (where t is 1 or 2), —R b —S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2) and —R b —S(O) t N(R a ) 2  (where t is 1 or 2), where each R a  is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl (optionally substituted with one or more halo groups), aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, R f  is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl (optionally substituted with one or more halo groups), aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each R b  is independently a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene or alkenylene chain, and R c  is a straight or branched alkylene or alkenylene chain. 
     A “cycloalkylene” refers to a divalent radical derived from a “cycloalkyl” group as described above linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. The cycloalkylene is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a cycloalkylene group is optionally substituted as described above for a cycloalkyl group. 
     “Halo” or “halogen” refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo. In some embodiments, halogen is fluoro or chloro. In some embodiments, halogen is fluoro. 
     “Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more hydroxy radicals, e.g., trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1,2-difluoroethyl, 3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl, 1,2-dibromoethyl, and the like. 
     “Fluoroalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more fluoro radicals, as defined above, for example, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1-fluoromethyl-2-fluoroethyl, and the like. 
     “Haloalkoxy” or “haloalkoxyl” refers to an alkoxyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above. 
     “Fluoroalkoxy” or “fluoroalkoxyl” refers to an alkoxy radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more fluoro radicals, as defined above, for example, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, and the like. 
     “Hydroxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above, e.g., hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 1,2-dihydroxyethyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexyl, and the like. 
     “Heterocycloalkyl” refers to a stable 3- to 24-membered partially or fully saturated ring radical comprising 2 to 23 carbon atoms and from one to 8 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the heterocycloalkyl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused (when fused with an aryl or a heteroaryl ring, the heterocycloalkyl is bonded through a non-aromatic ring atom) or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heterocycloalkyl radical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl is a 3- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl is a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl is a 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl. Examples of such heterocycloalkyl radicals include, but are not limited to, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, dioxolanyl, thienyl[1,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, trithianyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-1-yl, 3-oxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-1-yl, methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl, and 2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl. The term heterocycloalkyl also includes all ring forms of the carbohydrates, including but not limited to the monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides. More preferably, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring. It is understood that when referring to the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycloalkyl, the number of carbon atoms in the heterocycloalkyl is not the same as the total number of atoms (including the heteroatoms) that make up the heterocycloalkyl (i.e., skeletal atoms of the heterocycloalkyl ring). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the term “heterocycloalkyl” is meant to include heterocycloalkyl radicals as defined above that are optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo, fluoroalkyl, oxo, thioxo, cyano, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —R b —OR a , —R b —SR a , —R b —OC(O)—R a , —R b —OC(O)—OR f , —R b —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N + (R a ) 3 , —R b —C(O)R a , —R b —C(O)OR a , —R b —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —R b —O—R c —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N(R a )C(O)OR f , —R b —N(R a )C(O)R a , —R b —N(R a )S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2), —R b —S(O) t OR a  (where t is 1 or 2), —R b —S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2) and —R b —S(O) t N(R a ) 2  (where t is 1 or 2), where each R a  is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl (optionally substituted with one or more halo groups), aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, R f  is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl (optionally substituted with one or more halo groups), aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each R b  is independently a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene or alkenylene chain, and R c  is a straight or branched alkylene or alkenylene chain. 
     “N-heterocycloalkyl” refers to a heterocycloalkyl radical as defined above containing at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment of the heterocycloalkyl radical to the rest of the molecule is through a nitrogen atom in the heterocycloalkyl radical. An N-heterocycloalkyl radical is optionally substituted as described above for heterocycloalkyl radicals. 
     “C-heterocycloalkyl” refers to a heterocycloalkyl radical as defined above and where the point of attachment of the heterocycloalkyl radical to the rest of the molecule is through a carbon atom in the heterocycloalkyl radical. A C-heterocycloalkyl radical is optionally substituted as described above for heterocycloalkyl radicals. 
     A “heterocycloalkylene” refers to a divalent radical derived from a “heterocycloalkyl” group as described above linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. The heterocycloalkylene is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocycloalkylene group is optionally substituted as described above for a heterocycloalkyl group. 
     “Heteroaryl” refers to a radical derived from a 5- to 18-membered aromatic ring radical that comprises one to seventeen carbon atoms and from one to six heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. As used herein, the heteroaryl radical is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, wherein at least one of the rings in the ring system is fully unsaturated, i.e., it contains a cyclic, delocalized (4n+2) π-electron system in accordance with the Hückel theory. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is a monocyclic heteroaryl, or a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is a 6,5-fused bicyclic heteroaryl. The heteroatom(s) in the heteroaryl radical is optionally oxidized. One or more nitrogen atoms, if present, are optionally quaternized. The heteroaryl is attached to the rest of the molecule through any atom of the ring(s). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the term “heteroaryl” is meant to include heteroaryl radicals as defined above that are optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo, haloalkyl, oxo, thioxo, cyano, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —R b —OR a , —R b —SR a , —R b —OC(O)—R a , —R b —OC(O)—OR f , —R b —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N + (R a ) 3 , —R b —C(O)R a , —R b —C(O)OR a , —R b —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —R b —O—R c —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N(R a )C(O)OR f , —R b —N(R a )C(O)R a , —R b —N(R a )S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2), —R b —S(O) t OR a  (where t is 1 or 2), —R b —S(O) t R f  (where t is 1 or 2) and —R b —S(O) t N(R a ) 2  (where t is 1 or 2), where each R a  is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl (optionally substituted with one or more halo groups), aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, R f  is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl (optionally substituted with one or more halo groups), aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each R b  is independently a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene or alkenylene chain, and R c  is a straight or branched alkylene or alkenylene chain. 
     A “heteroarylene” refers to a divalent radical derived from a “heteroaryl” group as described above linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. The heteroarylene is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroarylene group is optionally substituted as described above for a heteroaryl group. 
     The term “optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, “optionally substituted alkyl” means either “alkyl” or “substituted alkyl” as defined above. Further, an optionally substituted group may be unsubstituted (e.g., —CH 2 CH 3 ), fully substituted (e.g., —CF 2 CF 3 ), mono-substituted (e.g., —CH 2 CH 2 F) or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and mono-substituted (e.g., —CH 2 CHF 2 , —CH 2 CF 3 , —CF 2 CH 3 , —CFHCHF 2 , etc.). It will be understood by those skilled in the art with respect to any group containing one or more substituents that such groups are not intended to introduce any substitution or substitution patterns (e.g., substituted alkyl includes optionally substituted cycloalkyl groups, which in turn are defined as including optionally substituted alkyl groups, potentially ad infinitum) that are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible. 
     The term “modulate” or “modulating” or “modulation” refers to an increase or decrease in the amount, quality, or effect of a particular activity, function or molecule. By way of illustration and not limitation, agonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists, antagonists, and allosteric modulators of a G protein-coupled receptor are modulators of the receptor. 
     The term “agonism” as used herein refers to the activation of a receptor or enzyme by a modulator, or agonist, to produce a biological response. 
     The term “agonist” as used herein refers to a modulator that binds to a receptor or target enzyme and activates the receptor or enzyme to produce a biological response. By way of example, “GPR40 agonist” can be used to refer to a compound that exhibits an EC 50  with respect to GPR40 activity of no more than about 100 μM, as measured in the as measured in the inositol phosphate accumulation assay. In some embodiments, the term “agonist” includes full agonists or partial agonists. 
     The term “full agonist” refers to a modulator that binds to and activates a receptor or target enzyme with the maximum response that an agonist can elicit at the receptor or enzyme. 
     The term “partial agonist” refers to a modulator that binds to and activates a receptor or target enzyme, but has partial efficacy, that is, less than the maximal response, at the receptor or enzyme relative to a full agonist. 
     The term “positive allosteric modulator” refers to a modulator that binds to a site distinct from the orthosteric binding site and enhances or amplifies the effect of an agonist. 
     The term “antagonism” as used herein refers to the inactivation of a receptor or target enzyme by a modulator, or antagonist. Antagonism of a receptor, for example, is when a molecule binds to the receptor or target enzyme and does not allow activity to occur. 
     The term “antagonist” or “neutral antagonist” as used herein refers to a modulator that binds to a receptor or target enzyme and blocks a biological response. By way of example, “SSTR5 antagonist” can be used to refer to a compound that exhibits an IC 50  with respect to SSTR5 activity of no more than about 100 μM, as measured in the as measured in the inositol phosphate accumulation assay. An antagonist has no activity in the absence of an agonist or inverse agonist but can block the activity of either, causing no change in the biological response. 
     The term “inverse agonist” refers to a modulator that binds to the same receptor or target enzyme as an agonist but induces a pharmacological response opposite to that agonist, i.e., a decrease in biological response. 
     The term “negative allosteric modulator” refers to a modulator that binds to a site distinct from the orthosteric binding site and reduces or dampens the effect of an agonist. 
     As used herein, “EC 50 ” is intended to refer to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% activation or enhancement of a biological process. In some instances, EC 50  refers to the concentration of agonist that provokes a response halfway between the baseline and maximum response in an in vitro assay. In some embodiments as used herein, EC 50  refers to the concentration of an agonist (e.g., a GPR40 agonist) that is required for 50% activation of a receptor or target enzyme (e.g., GPR40). 
     As used herein, “IC 50 ” is intended to refer to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% inhibition of a biological process. For example, IC 50  refers to the half maximal (50%) inhibitory concentration (IC) of a substance as determined in a suitable assay. In some instances, an IC 50  is determined in an in vitro assay system. In some embodiments as used herein, IC 50  refers to the concentration of a modulator (e.g., an SSTR5 antagonist) that is required for 50% inhibition of a receptor or a target enzyme (e.g., SSTR5). 
     The terms “subject,” “individual,” and “patient” are used interchangeably. These terms encompass mammals. Examples of mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the Mammalian class: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like. 
     The term “gut-restricted” as used herein refers to a compound, e.g., a GPR40 agonist, that is predominantly active in the gastrointestinal system. In some embodiments, the biological activity of the gut-restricted compound, e.g., a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, is restricted to the gastrointestinal system. In some embodiments, gastrointestinal concentration of a gut-restricted modulator, e.g., a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, is higher than the IC 50  value or the EC 50  value of the gut-restricted modulator against its receptor or target enzyme, e.g., GPR40, while the plasma levels of said gut-restricted modulator, e.g., gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, are lower than the IC 50  value or the EC 50  value of the gut-restricted modulator against its receptor or target enzyme, e.g., GPR40. In some embodiments, the gut-restricted compound, e.g., a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, is non-systemic. In some embodiments, the gut-restricted compound, e.g., a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, is a non-absorbed compound. In other embodiments, the gut-restricted compound, e.g., a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, is absorbed, but is rapidly metabolized to metabolites that are significantly less active than the modulator itself toward the target receptor or enzyme, i.e., a “soft drug.” In other embodiments, the gut-restricted compound, e.g., a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, is minimally absorbed and rapidly metabolized to metabolites that are significantly less active than the modulator itself toward the target receptor or enzyme. 
     In some embodiments, the gut-restricted modulator, e.g., a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, is non-systemic but is instead localized to the gastrointestinal system. For example, the modulator, e.g., a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, may be present in high levels in the gut, but low levels in serum. In some embodiments, the systemic exposure of a gut-restricted modulator, e.g., a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, is, for example, less than 100, less than 50, less than 20, less than 10, or less than 5 nM, bound or unbound, in blood serum. In some embodiments, the intestinal exposure of a gut-restricted modulator, e.g., a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist, is, for example, greater than 1000, 5000, 10000, 50000, 100000, or 500000 nM. In some embodiments, a modulator, e.g., a GPR40 agonist, is gut-restricted due to poor absorption of the modulator itself, or because of absorption of the modulator which is rapidly metabolized in serum resulting in low systemic circulation, or due to both poor absorption and rapid metabolism in the serum. In some embodiments, a modulator, e.g., a GPR40 agonist, is covalently bonded to a kinetophore, optionally through a linker, which changes the pharmacokinetic profile of the modulator. 
     In particular embodiments, the gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is a soft drug. The term “soft drug” as used herein refers to a compound that is biologically active but is rapidly metabolized to metabolites that are significantly less active than the compound itself toward the target receptor. In some embodiments, the gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is a soft drug that is rapidly metabolized in the blood to significantly less active metabolites. In some embodiments, the gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is a soft drug that is rapidly metabolized in the liver to significantly less active metabolites. In some embodiments, the gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is a soft drug that is rapidly metabolized in the blood and the liver to significantly less active metabolites. In some embodiments, the gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is a soft drug that has low systemic exposure. In some embodiments, the biological activity of the metabolite(s) is/are 10-fold, 20-fold, 50-fold, 100-fold, 500-fold, or 1000-fold lower than the biological activity of the soft drug gut-restricted GPR40 agonist. 
     The term “kinetophore” as used herein refers to a structural unit tethered to a small molecule modulator, e.g., a GPR40 agonist, optionally through a linker, which makes the whole molecule larger and increases the polar surface area while maintaining biological activity of the small molecule modulator. The kinetophore influences the pharmacokinetic properties, for example solubility, absorption, distribution, rate of elimination, and the like, of the small molecule modulator, e.g., a GPR40 agonist, and has minimal changes to the binding to or association with a receptor or target enzyme. The defining feature of a kinetophore is not its interaction with the target, for example a receptor, but rather its effect on specific physiochemical characteristics of the modulator to which it is attached, e.g., a GPR40 agonist. In some instances, kinetophores are used to restrict a modulator, e.g., a GPR40 agonist, to the gut. 
     The term “linked” as used herein refers to a covalent linkage between a modulator, e.g., a GPR40 agonist, and a kinetophore. The linkage can be through a covalent bond, or through a “linker.” As used herein, “linker” refers to one or more bifunctional molecules which can be used to covalently bond to the modulator, e.g., a GPR40 agonist, and kinetophore. In some embodiments, the linker is attached to any part of the modulator, e.g., a GPR40 agonist, so long as the point of attachment does not interfere with the binding of the modulator to its receptor or target enzyme. In some embodiments, the linker is non-cleavable. In some embodiments, the linker is cleavable. In some embodiments, the linker is cleavable in the gut. In some embodiments, cleaving the linker releases the biologically active modulator, e.g., a GPR40 agonist, in the gut. 
     The term “gastrointestinal system” (GI system) or “gastrointestinal tract” (GI tract) as used herein, refers to the organs and systems involved in the process of digestion. The gastrointestinal tract includes the esophagus, stomach, small intestine, which includes the duodenum, jejunum, and ileum, and large intestine, which includes the cecum, colon, and rectum. In some embodiments herein, the GI system refers to the “gut,” meaning the stomach, small intestines, and large intestines or to the small and large intestines, including, for example, the duodenum, jejunum, and/or colon. 
     Gut-Brain Axis 
     The gut-brain axis refers to the bidirectional biochemical signaling that connects the gastrointestinal tract (GI tract) with the central nervous system (CNS) through the peripheral nervous system (PNS) and endocrine, immune, and metabolic pathways. 
     In some instances, the gut-brain axis comprises the GI tract; the PNS including the dorsal root ganglia (DRG) and the sympathetic and parasympathetic arms of the autonomic nervous system including the enteric nervous system and the vagus nerve; the CNS; and the neuroendocrine and neuroimmune systems including the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis (HPA axis). The gut-brain axis is important for maintaining homeostasis of the body and is regulated and modulates physiology through the central and peripheral nervous systems and endocrine, immune, and metabolic pathways. 
     The gut-brain axis modulates several important aspects of physiology and behavior. Modulation by the gut-brain axis occurs via hormonal and neural circuits. Key components of these hormonal and neural circuits of the gut-brain axis include highly specialized, secretory intestinal cells that release hormones (enteroendocrine cells or EECs), the autonomic nervous system (including the vagus nerve and enteric nervous system), and the central nervous system. These systems work together in a highly coordinated fashion to modulate physiology and behavior. 
     Defects in the gut-brain axis are linked to a number of diseases, including those of high unmet need. Diseases and conditions affected by the gut-brain axis, include central nervous system (CNS) disorders including mood disorders, anxiety, depression, affective disorders, schizophrenia, malaise, cognition disorders, addiction, autism, epilepsy, neurodegenerative disorders, Alzheimer&#39;s disease, and Parkinson&#39;s disease, Lewy Body dementia, episodic cluster headache, migraine, pain; metabolic conditions including diabetes and its complications such as chronic kidney disease/diabetic nephropathy, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, and cardiovascular disease, metabolic syndrome, obesity, dyslipidemia, and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); eating and nutritional disorders including hyperphagia, cachexia, anorexia nervosa, short bowel syndrome, intestinal failure, intestinal insufficiency and other eating disorders; inflammatory disorders and autoimmune diseases such as inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn&#39;s disease, psoriasis, celiac disease, and enteritis, including chemotherapy-induced enteritis or radiation-induced enteritis; necrotizing enterocolitis; gastrointestinal injury resulting from toxic insults such as radiation or chemotherapy; diseases/disorders of gastrointestinal barrier dysfunction including environmental enteric dysfunction, spontaneous bacterial peritonitis; functional gastrointestinal disorders such as irritable bowel syndrome, functional dyspepsia, functional abdominal bloating/distension, functional diarrhea, functional constipation, and opioid-induced constipation; gastroparesis; nausea and vomiting; disorders related to microbiome dysbiosis, and other conditions involving the gut-brain axis. 
     GPR40 in the Gut-Brain Axis 
     Free fatty acid receptor 1 (FFA1, FFAR1), also known as GPR40, is a class A G-protein coupled receptor. This membrane protein binds free fatty acids, acting as a nutrient sensor for regulating energy homeostasis. In some instances, GPR40 is expressed in enteroendocrine cells and pancreatic islet R cells. In some instances, GPR40 is expressed in enteroendocrine cells. Several naturally-occurring medium to long-chain fatty acids act as ligands for GPR40. GPR40 agonists or partial agonists may be useful in the treatment of metabolic diseases such as obesity, diabetes, and NASH, and other diseases involving the gut-brain axis. 
     In some instances, modulators of GPR40, for example, GPR40 agonists or partial agonists, induce insulin secretion. In some instances, modulators of GPR40, for example, GPR40 agonists or partial agonists, induce an increase in cytosolic Ca 2+ . In some instances, modulators of GPR40, for example, GPR40 agonists or partial agonists, induce higher levels of intracellular cAMP. In some instances, GPR40 modulation is in enteroendocrine cells. In some instances, modulators of GPR40, for example, GPR40 agonists or partial agonists, induce the secretion of GLP-1, GLP-2, GIP, PYY, CCK, or other hormones. In some instances, modulators of GPR40, for example, GPR40 agonists, induce the secretion of GLP-1, GIP, CCK or PYY. In some instances, modulators of GPR40, for example, GPR40 agonists, induce the secretion of GLP-1. 
     Described herein is a method of treating a condition or disorder involving the gut-brain axis in an individual in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the individual a GPR40 receptor modulator. In some embodiments, the GPR40 receptor modulator is a GPR40 agonist or partial agonist. In some embodiments, the GPR40 receptor modulator is a GPR40 agonist. In some embodiments, the GPR40 receptor modulator is a GPR40 partial agonist. In some embodiments, the GPR40 receptor modulator is a GPR40 positive allosteric modulator. In some embodiments, the GPR40 modulator is a gut-restricted GPR40 modulator. In some embodiments, the GPR40 modulator is a soft drug. 
     In some embodiments, the condition or disorder involving the gut-brain axis is selected from the group consisting of: central nervous system (CNS) disorders including mood disorders, anxiety, depression, affective disorders, schizophrenia, malaise, cognition disorders, addiction, autism, epilepsy, neurodegenerative disorders, Alzheimer&#39;s disease, and Parkinson&#39;s disease, Lewy Body dementia, episodic cluster headache, migraine, pain; metabolic conditions including diabetes and its complications such as chronic kidney disease/diabetic nephropathy, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, and cardiovascular disease, metabolic syndrome, obesity, dyslipidemia, and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); eating and nutritional disorders including hyperphagia, cachexia, anorexia nervosa, short bowel syndrome, intestinal failure, intestinal insufficiency and other eating disorders; inflammatory disorders and autoimmune diseases such as inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn&#39;s disease, psoriasis, celiac disease, and enteritis, including chemotherapy-induced enteritis or radiation-induced enteritis; necrotizing enterocolitis; gastrointestinal injury resulting from toxic insults such as radiation or chemotherapy; diseases/disorders of gastrointestinal barrier dysfunction including environmental enteric dysfunction, spontaneous bacterial peritonitis; functional gastrointestinal disorders such as irritable bowel syndrome, functional dyspepsia, functional abdominal bloating/distension, functional diarrhea, functional constipation, and opioid-induced constipation; gastroparesis; nausea and vomiting; disorders related to microbiome dysbiosis, other conditions involving the gut-brain axis. In some embodiments, the condition is a metabolic disorder. In some embodiments, the metabolic disorder is type 2 diabetes, hyperglycemia, metabolic syndrome, obesity, hypercholesterolemia, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, or hypertension. In some embodiments, the metabolic disorder is diabetes. In other embodiments, the metabolic disorder is obesity. In other embodiments, the metabolic disorder is nonalcoholic steatohepatitis. In some embodiments, the condition involving the gut-brain axis is a nutritional disorder. In some embodiments, the nutritional disorder is short bowel syndrome, intestinal failure, or intestinal insufficiency. In some embodiments, the nutritional disorder is short bowel syndrome. In some embodiments, the condition involving the gut-brain axis is enteritis. In some embodiments, the condition involving the gut-brain axis is chemotherapy-induced enteritis or radiation-induced enteritis. In some embodiments, the condition involving the gut-brain axis is weight loss or preventing weight gain or weight regain. In some embodiments, the condition involving the gut-brain axis is weight loss or preventing weight gain or weight regain post-bariatric surgery. In some embodiments, the condition involving the gut-brain axis is weight loss or preventing weight gain or weight regain, wherein the subject has had bariatric surgery. 
     Gut-Restricted Modulators 
     In some instances, differentiation of systemic effects of a GPR40 agonist from beneficial, gut-driven effects would be critical for the development of a GPR40 agonist for the treatment of disease. 
     In some instances, activation of GPR40 by a GPR40 agonist recapitulates the lipotoxicity of free fatty acids on pancreatic beta-cells. In some instances, activation of GPR40 by a GPR40 agonist leads to beta-cell degeneration, islet insulin depletion, glucose intolerance and hyperglycemia. In some instances, the detrimental effects on beta-cells by a GPR40 agonist may be mediated through ER stress and NF-kB signaling pathways. In some instances, differentiation of deleterious systemic effects of a GPR40 agonist on beta-cell function and viability from beneficial, gut-driven effects would be critical for the development of a GPR40 agonist for the treatment of disease. 
     In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonist is gut-restricted. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonist is designed to be substantially non-permeable or substantially non-bioavailable in the blood stream. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonist is designed to activate GPR40 activity in the gut and is substantially non-systemic. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonist has low systemic exposure. 
     In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist has low oral bioavailability. In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist has &lt;40% oral bioavailability, &lt;30% oral bioavailability, &lt;20% oral bioavailability, &lt;10% oral bioavailability, &lt;8% oral bioavailability, &lt;5% oral bioavailability, &lt;3% oral bioavailability, or &lt;2% oral bioavailability. 
     In some embodiments, the unbound plasma levels of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist are lower than the EC 50  value of the GPR40 agonist against GPR40. In some embodiments, the unbound plasma levels of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist are significantly lower than the EC 50  value of the gut-restricted GPR40 agonist against GPR40. In some embodiments, the unbound plasma levels of the GPR40 agonist are 2-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, 30-fold, 40-fold, 50-fold, or 100-fold lower than the EC 50  value of the gut-restricted GPR40 agonist against GPR40. In some embodiments, the unbound plasma levels of the GPR40 agonist are greater than 2-fold, greater than 10-fold, greater than 20-fold, greater than 30-fold, greater than 40-fold, greater than 50-fold, or greater than 100-fold lower than the EC 50  value of the gut-restricted GPR40 agonist against GPR40. 
     In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist has low systemic exposure. In some embodiments, the systemic exposure of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is, for example, less than 500, less than 200, less than 100, less than 50, less than 20, less than 10, or less than 5 nM, bound or unbound, in blood serum. In some embodiments, the systemic exposure of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is, for example, less than 500, less than 200, less than 100, less than 50, less than 20, less than 10, or less than 5 ng/mL, bound or unbound, in blood serum. 
     In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist has low pancreatic exposure. In some embodiments, the pancreatic exposure of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is, for example, less than 500, less than 200, less than 100, less than 50, less than 20, less than 10, or less than 5 nM in the pancreas. In some embodiments, the pancreatic exposure of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is, for example, less than 500, less than 200, less than 100, less than 50, less than 20, less than 10, or less than 5 ng/mL in the pancreas. 
     In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist has low permeability. In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist has low intestinal permeability. In some embodiments, the permeability of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is, for example, less than 5.0×10 −6  cm/s, less than 2.0×10 −6  cm/s, less than 1.5×10 −6  cm/s, less than 1.0×10 −6  cm/s, less than 0.75×10 −6  cm/s, less than 0.50×10 −6  cm/s, less than 0.25×10 −6  cm/s, less than 0.10×10 −6  cm/s, or less than 0.05×10 −6  cm/s. 
     In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist has low absorption. In some embodiments, the absorption of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is less than less than 40%, less than 30%, less than 20%, or less than 10%, less than 5%, or less than 1%. 
     In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist has high plasma clearance. In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is undetectable in plasma in less than 8 hours, less than 6 hours, less than 4 hours, less than 3 hours, less than 120 min, less than 90 min, less than 60 min, less than 45 min, less than 30 min, or less than 15 min. 
     In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is rapidly metabolized upon administration. In some embodiments, the internal ester of the compounds described herein is rapidly cleaved upon administration. In some embodiments, a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist has a short half-life. In some embodiments, the half-life of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is less than less than 8 hours, less than 6 hours, less than 4 hours, less than 3 hours, less than 120 min, less than 90 min, less than 60 min, less than 45 min, less than 30 min, or less than 15 min. In some embodiments, the metabolites of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist have rapid clearance. In some embodiments, the metabolites of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist are undetectable in less than 8 hours, less than 6 hours, less than 4 hours, less than 3 hours, less than 120 min, less than 90 min, less than 60 min, less than 45 min, less than 30 min, or less than 15 min. In some embodiments, the metabolites of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist have low bioactivity. In some embodiments, the EC 50  value of the metabolites of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist is 10-fold, 20-fold, 30-fold, 40-fold, 50-fold, 100-fold, 500-fold, or 1000-fold higher than the EC 50  value of the gut-restricted GPR40 agonist against GPR40. In some embodiments, the metabolites of a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist have rapid clearance and low bioactivity. 
     In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the GPR40 modulator is gut-restricted. In some embodiments, the GPR40 modulator is a gut-restricted GPR40 agonist. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonist is a gut-restricted GPR40 full agonist. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonist is a gut-restricted GPR40 partial agonist. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonist is covalently bonded to a kinetophore. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonist is covalently bonded to a kinetophore through a linker. 
     Compounds 
     Disclosed herein, in certain embodiments, is a compound of Formula (I): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, wherein:
         Z is —P(═O)(H)OR 6 , —P(═O)(R 5 )OR 6 , —P(═O)(OR 6 ) 2 , —S(═O)(OR 6 ), —SO 2 OR 6 , —C(═O)NHSO 2 R 5 , —C(═O)NHSO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , —N(R 6 )SO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , —N(R 6 )C(═O)NHSO 2 (R 5 ), —N(R 6 )C(═O)NHSO 2 N(R 6 ) 2 , —N(R 6 )C(═NH)NH 2 , —C(═O)NHNHC(═O)N(R 6 ) 2 , or —B (OR 6 ) 2 ;
           R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, phenyl, or —(C 1 -C 6  alkyl)-phenyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl), C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, and 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl;   each R 6  is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, phenyl, or —(C 1 -C 6  alkyl)-phenyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl), C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, and 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl;   
           R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   R 4  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3  and Y 4  are each independently N, CH, or C—R Y ;
           each R Y  is independently halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), —NH 2 , —NH—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), —N(C 1 -C 6  alkyl) 2 , C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   
           L 1  is —O—, —NR 7 —, *—O—CH 2 —, *-CH 2 —O—, *-NR 7 —CH 2 —, *-CH 2 —NR 7 —, *-NR 7 —C(O)—, *-C(O)—NR 7 —, or *-C(O)—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B;
           R 7  is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, or C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl;   
           Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents;   Ring A is carbocycle or heterocycle; wherein the carbocycle or heterocycle is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R A  substituents;   L 2  is a bond, C 1 -C 6  alkylene, or —(C 1 -C 6  alkylene)-O—; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, and —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl);   each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 10  alkyl, C 2 -C 10  alkenyl, C 2 -C 10  alkynyl, C 1 -C 10  fluoroalkyl, -L A -CN, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 , -L A -NR 11 R 11 , -L A -C(═O)R 10 , -L A C(═O)OR 11 , -L A -OC(═O)R 11 , -L A -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L A -NR 11 C(═O)R 11 , -L A -NR 11 C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L A -OC(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L A -NR 11 C(═O)OR 10 , -L A -OC(═O)OR 10 , -L A -aryl, -L A -heteroaryl, -L A -(C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl), or -L A -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl);   each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 10  alkyl, C 2 -C 10  alkenyl, C 2 -C 10  alkynyl, C 1 -C 10  fluoroalkyl, -L B -CN, -L B -OH, -L B -OR 10 , -L B -NR 11 R 11 , -L B -C(═O)R 10 , -L B -C(═O)OR 11 , -L B -OC(═O)R 11 , -L B -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L B -NR 11 C(═O)R 11 , -L B -NR 11 C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L B -OC(═O)NR 11 R 11 , -L B -NR 11 C(═O)OR 10 , -L B -OC(═O)OR 10 , -L B -aryl, -L B -heteroaryl, -L B -(C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl), or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl);   each L A  and L B  is independently a bond or C 1 -C 6  alkylene; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl, C 2 -C 10  alkenyl, C 2 -C 10  alkynyl, C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl); and   each R 11  is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 10  alkyl, C 2 -C 10  alkenyl, C 2 -C 10  alkynyl, C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl);   or two R 11  on the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 3- to 10-membered N-heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl).       

     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each independently N, CH, or C—R Y ; wherein one or two of Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  is N. In some embodiments, one of Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  is N. In some embodiments, Y 1  is N, and Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each independently CH, or C—R Y . In some embodiments, Y 2  is N, and Y 1 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each independently CH, or C—R Y . In some embodiments, Y 3  is N, and Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 4  are each independently CH, or C—R Y . In some embodiments, Y 4  is N, and Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3  are each independently CH, or C—R Y . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each independently CH, or C—R Y . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R Y  is independently F, Cl, Br, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R Y  is independently F, Cl, Br, —CN, —OH, —OCH 3 , —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , or —C(CH 3 ) 3 . In some embodiments, each R Y  is F. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each independently N, CH, or C—R Y ; and each R Y  is independently F, Cl, Br, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each independently N or CH. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each independently N, CH, or CF. In some embodiments, Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each independently N or CH. In some embodiments, Y 1  is N, and Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each independently CH. In some embodiments, Y 2  is N, and Y 1 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each independently CH. In some embodiments, Y 3  is N, and Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 4  are each independently CH. In some embodiments, Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4  are each CH. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula 2: 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, Y 2  is CH or N. In some embodiments, Y 2  is N. In some embodiments, Y 2  is CH. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (II): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I) or (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, halogen, or C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , or —C(CH 3 ) 3 . In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, F, or —CH 3 . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I) or (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, R 4  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl or C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 4  is —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl. In some embodiments, R 4  is —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , cyclopropyl, or cyclobutyl. In some embodiments, R 4  is —CH 2 CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 4  is cyclopropyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I) or (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, halogen, or C 1 -C 6  alkyl; and R 4  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl or C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, halogen, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and R 4  is unsubstituted C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) or (2), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (3): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, wherein Y 2  is CH or N; and R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl. In some embodiments, Y 2  is N. In some embodiments, Y 2  is CH. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) or (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (III): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, wherein R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, or methyl. In some embodiments, R 3  is hydrogen; and R 1  and R 2  are each independently hydrogen, —F, or methyl. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (2), or (3), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (4): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, wherein Y 2  is CH or N; and R 1  and R 2  are each independently hydrogen, —F, or methyl. In some embodiments, Y 2  is N. In some embodiments, Y 2  is CH. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (II), or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (IV): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, wherein R 1  and R 2  are each independently hydrogen, —F, or methyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), or (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 —, *-CH 2 —O—, *-NR 7 —CH 2 —, *-NR 7 —C(O)—, *-C(O)—NR 7 —, or *-C(O)—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-NR 7 —CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-NR 7 —C(O)— or *-C(O)—NR 7 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-C(O)—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 — or *-CH 2 —O—; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-CH 2 —O—; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , or —C(CH 3 ) 3 . In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen or methyl. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), or (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (IVa) or Formula (IVb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), or (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (IVa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene. In some embodiments, Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is bicyclic arylene or bicyclic heteroarylene. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is bicyclic arylene or bicyclic heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is bicyclic heteroarylene; wherein the bicyclic heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is bicyclic arylene; wherein the bicyclic arylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is an indane ring that is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, Ring A is aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R A  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents; and Ring A is aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 10  cycloalkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R A  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, or C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, each R B  is independently F, C 1 , Br, —CF 3 , —CHF 2 , —CH 2 F, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , or —C(CH 3 ) 3 . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R A  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, L 2  is a bond or C 1 -C 6  alkylene. In some embodiments, L 2  is a bond or C 1 -C 6  alkylene; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, and —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl). 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene. In some embodiments, Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is aryl or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R A  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), or (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents; L 2  is a bond; and Ring A is aryl or heteroaryl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R A  substituents. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (2), (3), or (4), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (9): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein Y 2  is CH or N; and Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents. In some embodiments, Y 2  is N. In some embodiments, Y 2  is CH. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), or (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (IX): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (IX), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 —, *-CH 2 —O—, *-NR 7 —CH 2 —, *-NR 7 —C(O)—, *-C(O)—NR 7 —, or *-C(O)—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-NR 7 —CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-NR 7 —C(O)— or *-C(O)—NR 7 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-C(O)—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 — or *-CH 2 —O—; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-CH 2 —O—; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , or —C(CH 3 ) 3 . In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen or methyl. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), or (IX), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (IXa) or Formula (IXb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, Ring B is arylene or heteroarylene; wherein the arylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R B  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), or (IX), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (IXa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is phenylene or 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroarylene. In some embodiments, Ring B is phenylene or 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroarylene; wherein the phenylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents. In some embodiments, Ring B is phenylene or 6-membered monocyclic heteroarylene; wherein the phenylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents. In some embodiments, Ring B is phenylene, pyridinylene, pyrazinylene, or pyridazinylene; wherein the phenylene, pyridinylene, pyrazinylene, or pyridazinylene is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents. In some embodiments, Ring B is phenylene or pyridinylene; wherein the phenylene or pyridinylene is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents. In some embodiments, Ring B is phenylene which is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents. In some embodiments, Ring B is pyridinylene which is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents. In some embodiments, Ring B is pyridazinylene which is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L B -CN, -L B -OH, -L B -OR 10 , -L B -NR 11 R 11 , -L B -C(═O)OR 11 , -L B -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein each alkyl and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl). In some embodiments, each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L B -CN, -L B -OH, -L B -OR 10 , -L B -NR 11 R 11 , -L B -C(═O)OR 11 , -L B -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein each alkyl and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl); and each L B  is independently a bond or C 1 -C 6  alkylene; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L B -OR 10 , -L B -NR 11 R 11 , or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L B -NR 11 R 11 , or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L B -OR 10 , -L B -NRIlR 11 , or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6  alkyl; and each L B  is independently a bond or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6  alkylene. In some embodiments, each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L B -NR 11 R 11 , or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6  alkyl; and each L B  is independently a bond or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6  alkylene. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl, and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R B  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where R 10  is —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), and each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R B  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is phenylene or 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroarylene; wherein the phenylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents; each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L B -CN, -L B -OH, -L B -OR 10 , -L B -NR 11 R 11 , -L B -C(═O)OR 11 , -L B -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 , or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein each alkyl and heterocycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl); and each L B  is independently a bond or C 1 -C 6  alkylene; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is phenylene or 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroarylene; wherein the phenylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents; each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L B -OR 10 , -L B -NR 11 R 11 , or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6  alkyl; and each L B  is independently a bond or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6  alkylene. In some embodiments, each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L B -NR 11 R 11 , or -L B -(3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6  alkyl; and each L B  is independently a bond or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6  alkylene. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is phenylene or 6-membered monocyclic heteroarylene; wherein the phenylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents; each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl, and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (IXa), or (IXb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring B is phenylene or 6-membered monocyclic heteroarylene; wherein the phenylene or heteroarylene is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents; each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments, Ring B is phenylene, pyridinylene, pyrazinylene, or pyridazinylene; wherein the phenylene, pyridinylene, pyrazinylene, or pyridazinylene is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents; each R B  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where R 10  is —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), and each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). 
     In some embodiments, Ring B is phenylene, pyridinylene, pyrazinylene, or pyridazinylene; wherein the phenylene, pyridinylene, pyrazinylene, or pyridazinylene is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R B  substituents; each R B  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). 
     In some embodiments, R B  is —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 ; wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments, R B  is —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 ; wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (2), (3), (4), or (9), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (10): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein Y 2  is CH or N; and m is 0, 1, 2, or 3. In some embodiments, Y 2  is N. In some embodiments, Y 2  is CH. In some embodiments, m is 1, 2, or 3. In some embodiments, m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, m is 1. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), or (IX), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (X): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein m is 0, 1, 2, or 3. In some embodiments, m is 1, 2, or 3. In some embodiments, m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, m is 1. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (X), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 —, *-CH 2 —O—, *-NR 7 —CH 2 —, *-NR 7 —C(O)—, *-C(O)—NR 7 —, or *-C(O)—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-NR 7 —CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-NR 7 —C(O)— or *-C(O)—NR 7 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-C(O)—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 — or *-CH 2 —O—; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-CH 2 —O—; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , or —C(CH 3 ) 3 . In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen or methyl. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), or (X), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (Xa) or Formula (Xb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, m is 0, 1, 2, or 3. In some embodiments, m is 1, 2, or 3. In some embodiments, m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, m is 1. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), or (X), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (Xa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (Xa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (Xa-i): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, R B  is halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl, and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is halogen, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where R 10  is —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), and each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). In some embodiments, R B  is —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). In some embodiments, R B  is —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 ; wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 ; wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (Xb-i): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, R B  is halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl, and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where R 10  is —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), and each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). In some embodiments, R B  is —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). In some embodiments, R B  is —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 ; wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 ; wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring A is phenyl or 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein the phenyl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R A  substituents. In some embodiments, Ring A is phenyl or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring A is phenyl or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein the phenyl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R A  substituents. In some embodiments, Ring A is phenyl or pyridinyl. In some embodiments, Ring A is phenyl or pyridinyl; wherein the phenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents. In some embodiments, Ring A is phenyl that is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents. In some embodiments, Ring A is pyridinyl that is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein W is N, CH, or CR A ; and n is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments W is N. In some embodiments, W is CH. In some embodiments, W is CR A . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein W is N, CH, or CR A ; and n is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments W is N. In some embodiments, W is CH. In some embodiments, W is CR A . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein W is N, CH, or CR A ; and n is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments W is N. In some embodiments, W is CH. In some embodiments, W is CR A . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -CN, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 , -L A -NR 11 R 11 , -L A -C(═O)R 10 , -L A -C(═O)OR 11 , -L A -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl). In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -CN, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 , -L A -NR 11 R 11 , -L A -C(═O)R 10 , -L A C(═O)OR 11 , -L A -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl). In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -CN, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 , -L A -NR 11 R 11 , -L A -C(═O)R 10 , -L A -C(═O)OR 11 , -L A -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl); and each L A  is independently a bond or C 1 -C 6  alkylene; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -CN, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 , -L A -NR 11 R 11 , -L A -C(═O)R 10 , -L A -C(═O)OR 11 , -L A -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl); and each L A  is independently a bond or C 1 -C 6  alkylene; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, and C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, and C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, and C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl; and each L A  is independently a bond or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6  alkylene. In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, and C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl; and each L A  is independently a bond or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6  alkylene. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein the phenyl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R A  substituents; each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -CN, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 , -L A -NR 11 R 11 , -L A -C(═O)R 10 , -L A -C(═O)OR 11 , -L A -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl); and each L A  is independently a bond or C 1 -C 6  alkylene; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein the phenyl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R A  substituents; each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -CN, -L A -OH, -L A -OR 10 , -L A -NR 11 R 11 , -L A -C(═O)R 10 , -L A -C(═O)OR 11 , -L A -C(═O)NR 11 R 11 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and —O—(C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl); and each L A  is independently a bond or C 1 -C 6  alkylene; wherein the alkylene is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), and C 1 -C 6  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein the phenyl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R A  substituents; each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -OH, or -L A -OR 10 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, and C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl; and each L A  is independently a bond or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6  alkylene. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein the phenyl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R A  substituents; each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl, -L A -OH, or -L A -OR 10 ; wherein the alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, and C 1 -C 6  fluoroalkyl; and each L A  is independently a bond or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6  alkylene. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or pyridinyl; wherein the phenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents; and each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, Ring A is phenyl or pyridinyl; wherein the phenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents; and each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, or —OR 10 . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or pyridinyl; wherein the phenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents; and each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, Ring A is phenyl or pyridinyl; wherein the phenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents; and each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, or —OR 10 . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or pyridinyl; wherein the phenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents; and each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or pyridinyl; wherein the phenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents; and each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or pyridinyl; wherein the phenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents; and each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), or (Xb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Ring A is phenyl or pyridinyl; wherein the phenyl or pyridinyl is substituted with 1 or 2 R A  substituents; and each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (2), (3), (4), (9), or (10), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (11): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein Y 2  is CH or N; W is N, CH, or CR A ; n is 0, 1, or 2; and m is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, Y 2  is N. In some embodiments, Y 2  is CH. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments W is N. In some embodiments, W is CH. In some embodiments, W is CR A . In some embodiments, Y 2  is N and W is CH. In some embodiments, Y 2  is N and W is N. In some embodiments, Y 2  is CH and W is CH. In some embodiments, Y 2  is CH and W is N. In some embodiments, m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, m is 2. In some embodiments, W is N; n is 1 or 2; and m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, W is N; n is 2; and m is 1. In some embodiments, W is CH; n is 1 or 2; and m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, W is CH; n is 2; and m is 1. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), or (X), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XI): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N, CH, or CR A ; n is 0, 1, or 2; and m is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments W is N. In some embodiments, W is CH. In some embodiments, W is CR A . In some embodiments, m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, m is 2. In some embodiments, W is N; n is 1 or 2; and m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, W is N; n is 2; and m is 1. In some embodiments, W is CH; n is 1 or 2; and m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, W is CH; n is 2; and m is 1. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 —, *—CH 2 —O—, *-NR 7 —CH 2 —, *-NR 7 —C(O)—, *-C(O)—NR 7 —, or *-C(O)—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-NR 7 —CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-NR 7 —C(O)— or *-C(O)—NR 7 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *-C(O)—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 — or *—CH 2 —O—; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *—O—CH 2 —; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, L 1  is *—CH 2 —O—; wherein * represents the connection to Ring B. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , or —C(CH 3 ) 3 . In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen or methyl. In some embodiments, R 7  is hydrogen. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (X), or (XI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIa) or Formula (XIb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, wherein W is N, CH, or CR A ; n is 0, 1, or 2; and m is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments W is N. In some embodiments, W is CH. In some embodiments, W is CR A . In some embodiments, m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, m is 2. In some embodiments, W is N; n is 1 or 2; and m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, W is N; n is 2; and m is 1. In some embodiments, W is CH; n is 1 or 2; and m is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, W is CH; n is 2; and m is 1. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IX), (X), or (XI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIa-i): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, W is N, CH, or CR A . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ; wherein each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, —OH, or —OR 10 ; wherein each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, or —OR 10 ; wherein each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen or —OR 10 ; wherein each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 N 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl, and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is halogen, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where R 10  is —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), and each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). In some embodiments, R B  is —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). In some embodiments, R B  is —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 ; wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 ; wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIa-ii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl; and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIa-iii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; and each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIb-i): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, W is N, CH, or CR A . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, or —OR 10 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —OCF 3 . In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ; wherein each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, —OH, or —OR 10 ; wherein each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, or —OR 10 ; wherein each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R A  is independently halogen or —OR 10 ; wherein each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 N 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl, and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is halogen, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl); wherein heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4  alkyl; and wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where R 10  is —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), and each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). In some embodiments, R B  is —F, —Cl, —Br, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —NR 11 R 11 , or —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , where each R 11  is independently hydrogen —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). In some embodiments, R B  is —CH(t-butyl)OR 10 ; wherein R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, R B  is —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 ; wherein each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIb-ii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl; and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIb-iii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; and each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), (Xb), (XI), (XIa), or (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Z is —P(═O)(H)OR 6 , —P(═O)(R 5 )OR 6 , —P(═O)(OR 6 ) 2 , —S(═O)(OR 6 ), —SO 2 OR 6 , —C(═O)NHSO 2 R 5 . In some embodiments, Z is —P(═O)(H)OR 6 , —P(═O)(R 5 )OR 6 , —P(═O)(OR 6 ) 2 , —S(═O)(OR 6 ), or —SO 2 OR 6 . In some embodiments, Z is —P(═O)(H)OR 6 , —P(═O)(R 5 )OR 6 , —P(═O)(OR 6 ) 2 , or —SO 2 OR 6 . 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), (Xb), (XI), (XIa), or (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, phenyl, or —(C 1 -C 6  alkyl)-phenyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl, and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl. In some embodiments, R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, R 5  is —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), (Xb), (XI), (XIa), or (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, each R 6  is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, phenyl, or —(C 1 -C 6  alkyl)-phenyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl, and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl. In some embodiments, each R 6  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R 6  is independently hydrogen, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), (Xb), (XI), (XIa), or (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Z is —P(═O)(H)OR 6 , —P(═O)(R 5 )OR 6 , —P(═O)(OR 6 ) 2 , —S(═O)(OR 6 ), —SO 2 OR 6 , —C(═O)NHSO 2 R 5 ; R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, phenyl, or —(C 1 -C 6  alkyl)-phenyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl, and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl; and each R 6  is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, C 3 -C 6  cycloalkyl, phenyl, or —(C 1 -C 6  alkyl)-phenyl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —OH, —O—(C 1 -C 6  alkyl), C 1 -C 6  alkyl, and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), (Xb), (XI), (XIa), or (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Z is —P(═O)(H)OR 6 , —P(═O)(R 5 )OR 6 , —P(═O)(OR 6 ) 2 , —S(═O)(OR 6 ), or —SO 2 OR 6 ; R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl; and each R 6  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), (Xb), (XI), (XIa), or (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Z is —P(═O)(H)OR 6 , —P(═O)(R 5 )OR 6 , —P(═O)(OR 6 ) 2 , or —SO 2 OR 6 ; R 5  is —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ); and each R 6  is independently hydrogen, —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , or —CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ). 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (IVb), (IX), (IXa), (IXb), (X), (Xa), (Xb), (XI), (XIa), or (XIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, Z is —P(═O)(H)OH, —P(═O)(CH 3 )OH, —P(═O)(CH 2 CH 3 )OH, —PO 3 H 2 , —P(═O)(OCH 3 )(OH), —S(═O)OH, —SO 2 OH, or —C(═O)NHSO 2 CH 3 . In some embodiments, Z is —P(═O)(CH 3 )OH, or —SO 2 OH. In some embodiments, Z is —P(═O)(CH 3 )OH. In some embodiments, Z is —P(═O)(H)OH. In some embodiments, Z is —P(═O)(CH 2 CH 3 )OH. In some embodiments, Z is —PO 3 H 2 . In some embodiments, —P(═O)(OCH 3 )(OH). In some embodiments, Z is —S(═O)OH. In some embodiments, Z is —SO 2 OH. In some embodiments, Z is —C(═O)NHSO 2 CH 3 . 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (12): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein:
         Y 2  is CH or N;   R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl;   R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   W is N, CH, or CR A ;   each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ;   each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl);   n is 0, 1, or 2; and   m is 0, 1, or 2.       

     In some embodiments,
         Y 2  is CH or N;   R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl;   R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   W is N, CH, or CR A ;   each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ;   each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl);   n is 0, 1, or 2; and   m is 0, 1, or 2.       

     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XII): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein:
         R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl;   R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   W is N, CH, or CR A ;   each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ;   each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl);   n is 0, 1, or 2; and   m is 0, 1, or 2.       

     In some embodiments,
         R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl;   R 5  is C 1 -C 6  alkyl;   W is N, CH, or CR A ;   each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ;   each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl);   n is 0, 1, or 2; and   m is 0, 1, or 2.       

     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (XII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIa) or Formula (XIIb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (XIIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIa-i): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIa-ii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl; and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIa-iii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; and each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIb-i): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIb-ii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl; and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIb-iii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; and each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (13): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein:
         Y 2  is CH or N;   R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl;   W is N, CH, or CR A ;   each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ;   each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl);   n is 0, 1, or 2; and   m is 0, 1, or 2.       

     In some embodiments,
         Y 2  is CH or N;   R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl;   W is N, CH, or CR A ;   each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ;   each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl);   n is 0, 1, or 2; and   m is 0, 1, or 2.       

     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIII): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein:
         R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl;   W is N, CH, or CR A ;   each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 7  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ;   each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl);   n is 0, 1, or 2; and   m is 0, 1, or 2.       

     In some embodiments,
         R 1 , R 2 , and R 3  are each independently hydrogen, —F, —Cl, or C 1 -C 4  alkyl;   W is N, CH, or CR A ;   each R A  is independently —F, —Cl, C 1 -C 4  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OH, or —OR 10 ;   each R B  is independently halogen, C 1 -C 5  alkyl, C 1 -C 4  fluoroalkyl, —OR 10 , —CH 2 OR 10 , —CH(C 1 -C 4  alkyl)OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 , —CH 2 NR 11 R 11 , 3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, or —CH 2 -(3- to 6-membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl);   n is 0, 1, or 2; and   m is 0, 1, or 2.       

     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (XIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIIa) or Formula (XIIIb): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (XIIIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIIa-i): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIIa-ii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl; and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIIa-iii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl; and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIIb-i): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIIb-ii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl; and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (XIIIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound of Formula (XIIIb-ii): 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof; wherein W is N or CH; X is halogen; R 10  is C 1 -C 10  alkyl; and each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments, each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 6  alkyl; wherein each alkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl. In some embodiments, each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 6  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments, each R 11  is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, or monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl and heteroaryl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl. In some embodiments, each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6  alkyl; wherein each alkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl. In some embodiments, each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 10  alkyl. In some embodiments, each R 11  is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6  alkyl. 
     In some embodiments, two R 11  on the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 3- to 6-membered N-heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl. In some embodiments, two R 11  on the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 3- to 6-membered N-heterocycloalkyl. 
     In some embodiments, each R 10  is independently C 1 -C 6  alkyl; wherein each alkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl; and each R 11  is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, or monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl and heteroaryl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl; or two R 11  on the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 3- to 6-membered N-heterocycloalkyl; wherein the heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, C 1 -C 6  alkyl, and C 1 -C 6  hydroxyalkyl. 
     Any combination of the groups described above for the various variables is contemplated herein. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof are chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound selected from: 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is a compound selected from: 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof. 
     Further Forms of Compounds 
     Furthermore, in some embodiments, the compounds described herein exist as “geometric isomers.” In some embodiments, the compounds described herein possess one or more double bonds. The compounds presented herein include all cis, trans, syn, anti, entgegen (E), and zusammen (Z) isomers as well as the corresponding mixtures thereof. In some situations, compounds exist as tautomers. 
     A “tautomer” refers to a molecule wherein a proton shift from one atom of a molecule to another atom of the same molecule is possible. In certain embodiments, the compounds presented herein exist as tautomers. In circumstances where tautomerization is possible, a chemical equilibrium of the tautomers will exist. The exact ratio of the tautomers depends on several factors, including physical state, temperature, solvent, and pH. Some examples of tautomeric equilibrium include: 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     In some situations, the compounds described herein possess one or more chiral centers and each center exists in the (R)-configuration or (S)-configuration. The compounds described herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the corresponding mixtures thereof. In additional embodiments of the compounds and methods provided herein, mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereoisomers, resulting from a single preparative step, combination, or interconversion are useful for the applications described herein. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are prepared as optically pure enantiomers by chiral chromatographic resolution of the racemic mixture. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are prepared as their individual stereoisomers by reacting a racemic mixture of the compound with an optically active resolving agent to form a pair of diastereoisomeric compounds, separating the diastereomers and recovering the optically pure enantiomers. In some embodiments, dissociable complexes are preferred (e.g., crystalline diastereomeric salts). In some embodiments, the diastereomers have distinct physical properties (e.g., melting points, boiling points, solubilities, reactivity, etc.) and are separated by taking advantage of these dissimilarities. In some embodiments, the diastereomers are separated by chiral chromatography, or preferably, by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility. In some embodiments, the optically pure enantiomer is then recovered, along with the resolving agent, by any practical means that would not result in racemization. 
     The term “positional isomer” refers to structural isomers around a central ring, such as ortho-, meta-, and para-isomers around a benzene ring. 
     The methods and formulations described herein include the use of N-oxides (if appropriate), crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds described herein, as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity. 
     “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” includes both acid and base addition salts. A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any one of the compounds described herein is intended to encompass any and all pharmaceutically suitable salt forms. Preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described herein are pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts and pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts. 
     “Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt” refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, and which are formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, hydroiodic acid, hydrofluoric acid, phosphorous acid, and the like. Also included are salts that are formed with organic acids such as aliphatic mono- and dicarboxylic acids, phenyl-substituted alkanoic acids, hydroxy alkanoic acids, alkanedioic acids, aromatic acids, aliphatic and aromatic sulfonic acids, etc. and include, for example, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. Exemplary salts thus include sulfates, pyrosulfates, bisulfates, sulfites, bisulfites, nitrates, phosphates, monohydrogenphosphates, dihydrogenphosphates, metaphosphates, pyrophosphates, chlorides, bromides, iodides, acetates, trifluoroacetates, propionates, caprylates, isobutyrates, oxalates, malonates, succinate suberates, sebacates, fumarates, maleates, mandelates, benzoates, chlorobenzoates, methylbenzoates, dinitrobenzoates, phthalates, benzenesulfonates, toluenesulfonates, phenylacetates, citrates, lactates, malates, tartrates, methanesulfonates, and the like. Also contemplated are salts of amino acids, such as arginates, gluconates, and galacturonates (see, for example, Berge S. M. et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts,”  Journal of Pharmaceutical Science,  66:1-19 (1997). Acid addition salts of basic compounds are prepared by contacting the free base forms with a sufficient amount of the desired acid to produce the salt. 
     “Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt” refers to those salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. These salts are prepared from addition of an inorganic base or an organic base to the free acid. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts are formed with metals or amines, such as alkali and alkaline earth metals or organic amines. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, for example, isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, ethylenedianiline, N-methylglucamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like. See Berge et al., supra. 
     “Prodrug” is meant to indicate a compound that is, in some embodiments, converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to an active compound described herein. Thus, the term prodrug refers to a precursor of an active compound that is pharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug is typically inactive when administered to a subject, but is converted in vivo to an active compound, for example, by hydrolysis. The prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see, e.g., Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam). 
     A discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi, T., et al., “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987. 
     The term “prodrug” is also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers, which release the active compound in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of an active compound, as described herein, are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the active compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent active compound. Prodrugs include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino, carboxy, or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the active compound is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino, free carboxy, or free mercapto group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol or amine functional groups in the active compounds and the like. 
     “Pharmaceutically acceptable solvate” refers to a composition of matter that is the solvent addition form. In some embodiments, solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and are formed during the process of making with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. “Hydrates” are formed when the solvent is water, or “alcoholates” are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Solvates of compounds described herein are conveniently prepared or formed during the processes described herein. The compounds provided herein optionally exist in either unsolvated as well as solvated forms. 
     The compounds disclosed herein, in some embodiments, are used in different enriched isotopic forms, e.g., enriched in the content of  2 H,  3 H,  11 C,  13 C and/or  14 C. In some embodiments, the compound is deuterated in at least one position. Such deuterated forms can be made by the procedure described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,846,514 and 6,334,997. As described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,846,514 and 6,334,997, deuteration can improve the metabolic stability and or efficacy, thus increasing the duration of action of drugs. 
     Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are intended to include compounds which differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of a hydrogen by a deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by  13 C- or  14 C-enriched carbon are within the scope of the present disclosure. 
     The compounds of the present disclosure optionally contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds may be labeled with isotopes, such as for example, deuterium ( 2 H), tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( 125 I) or carbon-14 ( 14 C). Isotopic substitution with  2 H,  3 H,  11 C,  13 C,  14 C,  15 C,  12 N,  13 N  15 N,  16 N,  17 O,  18 O,  14 F,  15 F,  16 F,  17 F,  18 F,  33 S,  34 S,  35 S,  36 S,  35 Cl,  37 Cl,  79 Br,  81 Br,  125 I are all contemplated. All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present invention, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. 
     In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein have some or all of the  1 H atoms replaced with  2 H atoms. The methods of synthesis for deuterium-containing compounds are known in the art. In some embodiments deuterium substituted compounds are synthesized using various methods such as described in: Dean, Dennis C.; Editor. Recent Advances in the Synthesis and Applications of Radiolabeled Compounds for Drug Discovery and Development. [In: Curr., Pharm. Des., 2000; 6(10)] 2000, 110 pp; George W.; Varma, Rajender S. The Synthesis of Radiolabeled Compounds via Organometallic Intermediates, Tetrahedron, 1989, 45(21), 6601-21; and Evans, E. Anthony. Synthesis of radiolabeled compounds, J. Radioanal. Chem., 1981, 64(1-2), 9-32. 
     In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are labeled by other means, including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescent moieties, bioluminescent labels, or chemiluminescent labels. 
     In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, as described herein are substantially pure, in that it contains less than about 5%, or less than about 1%, or less than about 0.1%, of other organic small molecules, such as contaminating intermediates or by-products that are created, for example, in one or more of the steps of a synthesis method. 
     Preparation of the Compounds 
     Compounds described herein are synthesized using standard synthetic techniques or using methods known in the art in combination with methods described herein. 
     Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology are employed. 
     Compounds are prepared using standard organic chemistry techniques such as those described in, for example, March&#39;s Advanced Organic Chemistry, 6th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Alternative reaction conditions for the synthetic transformations described herein may be employed such as variation of solvent, reaction temperature, reaction time, as well as different chemical reagents and other reaction conditions. 
     In some embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared as described as outlined in the Examples. 
     Pharmaceutical Compositions 
     In some embodiments, disclosed herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a GPR40 agonist described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In some embodiments, the GPR40 agonist is combined with a pharmaceutically suitable (or acceptable) carrier (also referred to herein as a pharmaceutically suitable (or acceptable) excipient, physiologically suitable (or acceptable) excipient, or physiologically suitable (or acceptable) carrier) selected on the basis of a chosen route of administration, e.g., oral administration, and standard pharmaceutical practice as described, for example, in  Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy  (Gennaro, 21 st  Ed. Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa. (2005)). 
     Accordingly, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 
     Examples of suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers which are employed in the pharmaceutical compositions include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate and cyclodextrins. Proper fluidity is maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants. 
     Combination Therapies 
     In certain embodiments, it is appropriate to administer at least one compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents. In some embodiments, a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is administered in combination with a TGR5 agonist, a GPR119 agonist, an SSTR5 antagonist, an SSTR5 inverse agonist, a CCK1 agonist, a PDE4 inhibitor, a DPP-4 inhibitor, a GLP-1 receptor agonist, a ghrelin O-acyltransferase (GOAT) inhibitor, metformin, or combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises one or more anti-diabetic agents. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises one or more anti-obesity agents. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises one or more agents to treat nutritional disorders. 
     Examples of a TGR5 agonist to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include: INT-777, XL-475, SRX-1374, RDX-8940, RDX-98940, SB-756050, and those disclosed in WO-2008091540, WO-2010059853, WO-2011071565, WO-2018005801, WO-2010014739, WO-2018005794, WO-2016054208, WO-2015160772, WO-2013096771, WO-2008067222, WO-2008067219, WO-2009026241, WO-2010016846, WO-2012082947, WO-2012149236, WO-2008097976, WO-2016205475, WO-2015183794, WO-2013054338, WO-2010059859, WO-2010014836, WO-2016086115, WO-2017147159, WO-2017147174, WO-2017106818, WO-2016161003, WO-2014100025, WO-2014100021, WO-2016073767, WO-2016130809, WO-2018226724, WO-2018237350, WO-2010093845, WO-2017147137, WO-2015181275, WO-2017027396, WO-2018222701, WO-2018064441, WO-2017053826, WO-2014066819, WO-2017079062, WO-2014200349, WO-2017180577, WO-2014085474. 
     Examples of a GPR119 agonist to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include: DS-8500a, HD-2355, LC34AD3, PSN-491, HM-47000, PSN-821, MBX-2982, GSK-1292263, APD597, DA-1241, and those described in WO-2009141238, WO-2010008739, WO-2011008663, WO-2010013849, WO-2012046792, WO-2012117996, WO-2010128414, WO-2011025006, WO-2012046249, WO-2009106565, WO-2011147951, WO-2011127106, WO-2012025811, WO-2011138427, WO-2011140161, WO-2011061679, WO-2017175066, WO-2017175068, WO-2015080446, WO-2013173198, US-20120053180, WO-2011044001, WO-2010009183, WO-2012037393, WO-2009105715, WO-2013074388, WO-2013066869, WO-2009117421, WO-201008851, WO-2012077655, WO-2009106561, WO-2008109702, WO-2011140160, WO-2009126535, WO-2009105717, WO-2013122821, WO-2010006191, WO-2009012275, WO-2010048149, WO-2009105722, WO-2012103806, WO-2008025798, WO-2008097428, WO-2011146335, WO-2012080476, WO-2017106112, WO-2012145361, WO-2012098217, WO-2008137435, WO-2008137436, WO-2009143049, WO-2014074668, WO-2014052619, WO-2013055910, WO-2012170702, WO-2012145604, WO-2012145603, WO-2011030139, WO-2018153849, WO-2017222713, WO-2015150565, WO-2015150563, WO-2015150564, WO-2014056938, WO-2007120689, WO-2016068453, WO-2007120702, WO-2013167514, WO-2011113947, WO-2007003962, WO-2011153435, WO-2018026890, WO-2011163090, WO-2011041154, WO-2008083238, WO-2008070692, WO-2011150067, and WO-2009123992. 
     Examples of a SSTR5 antagonist or inverse agonist to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include those described in: WO-03104816, WO-2009050309, WO-2015052910, WO-2011146324, WO-2006128803, WO-2010056717, WO-2012024183, and WO-2016205032. 
     Examples of a CCK1 agonist to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include: A-70874, A-71378, A-71623, A-74498, CE-326597, GI-248573, GSKI-181771X, NN-9056, PD-149164, PD-134308, PD-135158, PD-170292, PF-04756956, SR-146131, SSR-125180, and those described in EP-00697403, US-20060177438, WO-2000068209, WO-2000177108, WO-2000234743, WO-2000244150, WO-2009119733, WO-2009314066, WO-2009316982, WO-2009424151, WO-2009528391, WO-2009528399, WO-2009528419, WO-2009611691, WO-2009611940, WO-2009851686, WO-2009915525, WO-2005035793, WO-2005116034, WO-2007120655, WO-2007120688, WO-2008091631, WO-2010067233, WO-2012070554, and WO-2017005765. 
     Examples of a PDE4 inhibitor to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include: apremilast, cilomilast, crisaborole, diazepam, luteolin, piclamilast, and roflumilast. 
     Examples of a DPP-4 inhibitor to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include: sitagliptin, vildagliptin, saxagliptin, linagliptin, gemigliptin, teneligliptin, alogliptin, trelagliptin, omarigliptin, evogliptin, gosogliptin, and dutogliptin. 
     Examples of a GLP-1 receptor agonist to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include: albiglutide, dulaglutide, exenatide, extended-release exenatide, liraglutide, lixisenatide, and semaglutide. 
     Examples of a GOAT inhibitors to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include: T-3525770 (RM-852), GLWL-01, BOS-704, and those described in U.S. Ser. No. 08/013,015, U.S. Ser. No. 09/340,578, WO-2019149959, US-20170056373, WO-2018035079, WO-2016044467, WO-2010039461, WO-2018024653, WO-2019149660, WO-2019149659, WO-2015073281, WO-2019149658, WO-2016168225, WO-2016168222, WO-2019149657, WO-2013125732, and WO-2019152889. 
     Examples of anti-diabetic agents to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include: GLP-1 receptor agonists such as exenatide, liraglutide, taspoglutide, lixisenatide, albiglutide, dulaglutide, semaglutide, OWL833 and ORMD 0901; SGLT2 inhibitors such as dapagliflozin, canagliflozin, empagliflozin, ertugliflozin, ipragliflozin, luseogliflozin, remogliflozin, sergliflozin, sotagliflozin, and tofogliflozin; biguinides such as metformin; insulin and insulin analogs. 
     Examples of anti-obesity agents to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include: GLP-1 receptor agonists such as liraglutide, semaglutide; SGLT1/2 inhibitors such as LIK066, pramlintide and other amylin analogs such as AM-833, AC2307, and BI 473494; PYY analogs such as NN-9747, NN-9748, AC-162352, AC-163954, GT-001, GT-002, GT-003, and RHS-08; GIP receptor agonists such as APD-668 and APD-597; GLP-1/GIP co-agonists such as tirzepatide (LY329176), BHM-089, LBT-6030, CT-868, SCO-094, NNC-0090-2746, RG-7685, NN-9709, and SAR-438335; GLP-1/glucagon co-agonist such as cotadutide (MEDI0382), BI 456906, TT-401, G-49, H&amp;D-001A, ZP-2929, and HM-12525A; GLP-1/GIP/glucagon triple agonist such as SAR-441255, HM-15211, and NN-9423; GLP-1/secretin co-agonists such as GUB06-046; leptin analogs such as metreleptin; GDF15 modulators such as those described in WO2012138919, WO2015017710, WO2015198199, WO-2017147742 and WO-2018071493; FGF21 receptor modulators such as NN9499, NGM386, NGM313, BFKB8488A (RG7992), AKR-001, LLF-580, CVX-343, LY-2405319, BI089-100, and BMS-986036; MC4 agonists such as setmelanotide; MetAP2 inhibitors such as ZGN-1061; ghrelin receptor modulators such as HM04 and AZP-531; and oxytocin analogs such as carbetocin. 
     Examples of agents for nutritional disorders to be used in combination with a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, include: GLP-2 receptor agonists such as tedaglutide, glepaglutide (ZP1848), elsiglutide (ZP1846), apraglutide (FE 203799), HM-15912, NB-1002, GX-G8, PE-0503, SAN-134, and those described in WO-2011050174, WO-2012028602, WO-2013164484, WO-2019040399, WO-2018142363, WO-2019090209, WO-2006117565, WO-2019086559, WO-2017002786, WO-2010042145, WO-2008056155, WO-2007067828, WO-2018229252, WO-2013040093, WO-2002066511, WO-2005067368, WO-2009739031, WO-2009632414, and WO2008028117; and GLP-1/GLP-2 receptor co-agonists such as ZP-GG-72 and those described in WO-2018104561, WO-2018104558, WO-2018103868, WO-2018104560, WO-2018104559, WO-2018009778, WO-2016066818, and WO-2014096440. 
     In one embodiment, the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein is enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant has minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced). Or, in some embodiments, the benefit experienced by a patient is increased by administering one of the compounds described herein with another agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit. 
     In one specific embodiment, a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, is co-administered with one or more additional therapeutic agents, wherein the compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, or prodrug thereof, and the additional therapeutic agent(s) modulate different aspects of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, thereby providing a greater overall benefit than administration of either therapeutic agent alone. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent(s) is a TGR5 agonist, a GPR119 agonist, an SSTR5 antagonist, an SSTR5 inverse agonist, a CCK1 agonist, a PDE4 inhibitor, a DPP-4 inhibitor, a GOAT inhibitor, a GLP-1 receptor agonist, metformin, or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-diabetic agent. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-obesity agent. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an agent to treat nutritional disorders. 
     In combination therapies, the multiple therapeutic agents (one of which is one of the compounds described herein) are administered in any order or even simultaneously. If administration is simultaneous, the multiple therapeutic agents are, by way of example only, provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (e.g., as a single pill or as two separate pills). 
     The compounds described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, stereoisomers, or prodrugs thereof, as well as combination therapies, are administered before, during or after the occurrence of a disease or condition, and the timing of administering the composition containing a compound varies. Thus, in one embodiment, the compounds described herein are used as a prophylactic and are administered continuously to subjects with a propensity to develop conditions or diseases in order to prevent the occurrence of the disease or condition. In another embodiment, the compounds and compositions are administered to a subject during or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms. In specific embodiments, a compound described herein is administered as soon as is practicable after the onset of a disease or condition is detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the treatment of the disease. 
     In some embodiments, a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered in combination with anti-inflammatory agent, anti-cancer agent, immunosuppressive agent, steroid, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, antihistamine, analgesic, hormone blocking therapy, radiation therapy, monoclonal antibodies, or combinations thereof. 
     EXAMPLES 
     List of Abbreviations 
     As used above, and throughout the description of the invention, the following abbreviations, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings:
         ACN or MeCN acetonitrile   AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile   BINAP 2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl   BPO benzoyl peroxide   Boc or BOC tert-butyloxycarbonyl   Bn benzyl   BnBr benzyl bromide   DCC N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide   DCM dichloromethane (CH 2 Cl 2 )   DEA diethylamine   DIAD diisopropyl azodicarboxylate   DIBAL-H diisobutylaluminum hydride   DIPEA or DIEA diisopropylethylamine   DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine   DME 1,2,-dimethoxyethane   DMF dimethylformamide   DMP Dess-Martin periodinane   DMSO dimethylsulfoxide   EDCI 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide   Ee enantiomeric excess   eq equivalent(s)   Et ethyl   EtOH ethanol   EA ethyl acetate   EtOAc ethyl acetate   FA formic acid   h, hr(s) hour(s)   HATU 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate   HPLC high performance liquid chromatography   IPA isopropanol   LDA lithium diisopropylamide   LCMS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry   Me methyl   MeOH methanol   MS mass spectroscopy   Ms methanesulfonyl (mesyl)   MsCl methanesulfonyl chloride (mesyl chloride)   NBS N-bromosuccinimide   NMR nuclear magnetic resonance   Pd(dppf)Cl 2  [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)   PE petroleum ether   Py pyridine   Rt or RT room temperature   SFC supercritical fluid chromatography   tBuOK potassium tert-butoxide   TEA triethylamine   Tf trifluoromethylsulfonyl (triflyl)   TFA trifluoroacetic acid   THE tetrahydrofuran   TLC thin layer chromatography   TMS trimethylsilyl   Tol or tol toluene   tR retention time   TsCl p-toluenesulfonyl chloride   Xantphos 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene       

     I. Chemical Synthesis 
     Unless otherwise noted, reagents and solvents were used as received from commercial suppliers. Anhydrous solvents and oven-dried glassware were used for synthetic transformations sensitive to moisture and/or oxygen. Yields were not optimized. Reaction times are approximate and were not optimized. Column chromatography and thin layer chromatography (TLC) were performed on silica gel unless otherwise noted. 
     Example 1: Preparation of ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (Int-A) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: (3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)(cyclopropyl)methanol (A-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 3-(benzyloxy)benzaldehyde (25 g, 0.12 mol, 1 eq) in THF (450 mL) was added cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (0.50 M in THF, 0.71 L, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition water (300 mL) at 0° C., then diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (100 mL×3), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=10:1 to 0:1) to give A-1 (23 g, 68% yield, 89% purity) as a yellow oil.  1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 400 MHz): δ=7.49-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.39 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J 1 =2.4 Hz, J 2 =8 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 3.96-3.90 (m, 1H), 1.16-0.95 (m, 1H), 0.48-0.28 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 4H). 
     Step 2: (3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)(cyclopropyl)methanone (A-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of A-1 (23 g, 90 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (0.23 L) was added DMP (58 g, 0.14 mol, 42 mL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 5 hours. The reaction mixture diluted with H 2 O (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (100 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (100 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 5:1) to give A-2 (16 g, 68.02% yield, 97% purity) as a yellow oil.  1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ=7.50-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.37 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 2.67 (tt, J 1 =4.8 Hz, J 2 =8.0 Hz, 1H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 3H), 1.06 (dd, J 1 =3.6 Hz, J 2 =8.0 Hz, 2H). 
     Step 3: 1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1-cyclopropylvinyl)benzene (A-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (45 g, 0.13 mol, 2 eq) in THF (0.16 L) was added t-BuOK (1 M in THF, 0.13 L, 2 eq) at 0° C., and the reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. Then A-2 (16 g, 63 mmol, 1 eq) was added at 0° C., and the reaction was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL×2). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (100 mL×2), dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=100:1 to 10:1) to give A-3 (14 g, 71% yield, 80% purity) as a yellow oil.  1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ=7.38-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.27 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.09 (m, 3H), 6.83-6.78 (m, 1H), 5.17 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 4.83 (t, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 1.58-1.46 (m, 1H), 0.77-0.67 (m, 2H), 0.53-0.43 (m, 2H). 
     Step 4: 2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethanol (A-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of A-3 (14 g, 56 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (150 mL) was added BH 3 .THF (1 M, 0.17 L, 3 eq) at 0° C. for 30 min. Then aqueous NaOH (6 M, 56 mL, 6 eq) and H 2 O 2  (130 g, 1.1 mol, 107 mL, 30% purity, 20 eq) were added at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 hours. The mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL×2). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (50 mL×2), dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 3:1) to give A-4 (11 g, 70% yield, 94% purity) as a colorless oil.  1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ=7.35-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.27 (s, 2H), 7.24-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.14 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.81-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.77-6.73 (m, 2H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 3.86-3.63 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 1H), 0.93-0.82 (m, 1H), 0.56-0.45 (m, 1H), 0.38-0.28 (m, 1H), 0.22-0.15 (m, 1H), 0.02-0.05 (m, 1H). 
     Step 5: (S)-2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethanol (A-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound A-4 (9.1 g) was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250 mm×50 mm, 10 um); mobile phase: [A: CO 2 , B: 0.1% N H 40 H in MeOH]; B %: 45%-45%) to give A-5 (4.2 g, 45% yield) as a colourless oil. tR=1.767 min on SFC. 
     Step 6: (S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1-cyclopropyl-2-iodoethyl)benzene (A-6) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     PPh 3  (7.6 g, 29 mmol, 1.5 eq) and imidazole (2.0 g, 29 mmol, 1.5 eq) were dissolved in DCM (50 mL), and the solution was stirred for 5 minutes. Then I 2  (7.4 g, 29 mmol, 5.9 mL, 1.5 eq) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. A DCM (170 mL) solution of A-5 (5.2 g, 19 mmol, 1 eq) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL×2). The combine organic layers were washed with saturated brine (50 mL×2) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 100:1) to give A-6 (6.5 g, 89% yield) as a white solid.  1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ=7.27 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.73-6.65 (m, 3H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 3.41-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.27 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.88 (m, 1H), 0.93-0.90 (m, 1H), 0.52-0.40 (m, 1H), 0.34-0.12 (m, 2H), 0.03-−0.05 (m, 1H). 
     Step 7: ethyl ((S)-2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (A-7) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A mixture of A-6 (1.0 g, 2.6 mmol, 1 eq) in diethyl methylphosphonite (7.2 g, 52 mmol, 20 eq) was stirred at 130° C. for 6 hours. The mixture was purified by reversed-phase HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18 250×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.1% FA, v/v), B:ACN; B %: 45%-75% gradient over 30 min) to give A-7 (0.53 g, 59% yield) as a white oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =359.2 
     Step 8: ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (Int-A) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of A-7 (0.53 g, 1.5 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (4.0 mL) was added 5% Pd/C (0.53 g) under N 2 . The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2  several times. The mixture was stirred under H 2  (50 psi) at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give Int-A (0.33 g, crude) as a white oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =269.2 
     Example 2: Preparation of ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (Int-B) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: 2-(benzyloxy)-4-bromopyridine (B-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 4-bromo-2-fluoropyridine (0.10 kg, 0.57 mol) and BnOH (61 g, 0.57 mol) in THE (1000 mL) was added t-BuOK (64 g, 0.57 mol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of water (500 mL), then diluted with ethyl acetate (500 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine (200 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by MPLC (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 10:1) to give B-1 (0.12 kg, 80% yield) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.91˜7.81 (m, 1H), 7.35˜7.29 (m, 2H), 7.28˜7.23 (m, 2H), 7.22˜7.17 (m, 1H), 6.96˜6.84 (m, 2H), 5.26 (s, 2H). 
     Step 2: 2-(1-cyclopropylvinyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (B-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of ethynylcyclopropane (50 g, 0.76 mol) and 4,4,4,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (0.21 kg, 0.83 mmol) in toluene (1500 mL) was added Pd(OAc) 2  (8.5 g, 38 mmol), 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (0.15 kg, 1.5 mol), PCy 3  (21 g, 76 mmol) and bromobenzene (0.12 kg, 0.76 mol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 1:1) to give B-2 (72 g, 0.37 mol, 49% yield) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 5.57 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 1.29˜1.26 (m, 1H), 1.19 (s, 11H), 0.64˜0.58 (m, 2H), 0.54˜0.48 (m, 2H). 
     Step 3: 2-(benzyloxy)-4-(1-cyclopropylvinyl)pyridine (B-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of B-1 (0.14 kg, 0.53 mol) and B-2 (0.13 kg, 0.69 mol) in dioxane (1200 mL) and H 2 O (400 mL) was added K 3 PO 4  (0.34 kg, 1.6 mol) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2  (39 g, 53 mmol) under N 2 . The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of water (500 mL), then diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (200 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by MPLC (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 10:1) to give B-3 (0.12 kg, 84% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =252.2. 
     Step 4: 2-(2-(benzyloxy)pyridin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropylethanol (B-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of B-3 (60 g, 0.24 mol) in THF (500 mL) was added BH 3 .Me 2 S (10 M in dimethylsulfide, 72 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 hour. NaOH (6 M, 0.24 L) was added to the mixture at 0° C., and then H 2 O 2  (0.27 kg, 2.4 mol, 0.23 L, 30% purity) was added to the mixture at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was added to cold saturated Na 2 SO 3 . The solution was filtered, then diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (200 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by MPLC (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 1:1) to give B-4 (76 g, 59% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =270.3. 
     Step 5: (S)-2-(2-(benzyloxy)pyridin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropylethanol (B-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound B-4 (38 g) was purified by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AY (250 mm×50 mm, 10 um); mobile phase: [A: CO 2 , B: 0.1% NH 4 OH in IPA]; B %: 20%) to give B-5 (16 g, 42% yield) as a yellow oil. tR=1.797 min on SFC. 
     Step 6: (S)-2-(benzyloxy)-4-(1-cyclopropyl-2-iodoethyl)pyridine (B-6) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     PPh 3  (24 g, 91 mmol) and imidazole (6.2 g, 91 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (300 mL), and the solution was stirred for 5 min. Then I 2  (23 g, 91 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. A DCM (50 mL) solution of B-5 (16 g, 61 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of water (100 mL), then diluted with DCM (60 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL×1). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (200 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 1:1) to give B-6 (16 g, 70% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =380.0. 
     Step 7: ethyl ((S)-2-(2-(benzyloxy)pyridin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropylethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (B-7) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A solution of B-6 (4.0 g, 11 mmol) in diethyl methylphosphonite (29 g, 0.21 mol) was stirred at 130° C. for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by reversed-phase HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18 250×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.1% FA, v/v), B: ACN; B %: 30%-60% gradient over 50 min) to give B-7 (1.5 g, 40% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =360.2. 
     Step 8: ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (Int-B) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of B-7 (11 g, 32 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) was added 5% Pd/C (3.0 g). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours under H 2  at 15 psi. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Ethyl acetate:EtOH=1:0 to 5:1) to give Int-B (2.2 g, 8.0 mmol, 25% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =270.1. 
     Example 3: Preparation of ethyl (2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinate (Int-C) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: 1-(benzyloxy)-3-(prop-1-en-2-yl)benzene (C-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-benzyloxy-3-bromobenzene (10 g, 38 mmol, 1 eq), 2-isopropenyl-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (13 g, 76 mmol, 2 eq) in dioxane (100 mL) and H 2 O (20 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl 2 .CH 2 Cl 2  (0.62 g, 0.76 mmol, 0.02 eq) and Na 2 CO 3  (12 g, 0.11 mol, 3 eq) under N 2 . The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (200 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=100:0 to 100:1) to give C-1 (6.8 g, 80% yield) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.65-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.50-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.03 (m, 1H), 5.53 (d, J=0.4 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (m, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H). 
     Step 2: 2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)propan-1-ol (C-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of C-1 (0.5 g, 2.2 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added BH 3 .Me 2 S (10 M, 0.67 mL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and at 25° C. for 2 hours. Then aqueous NaOH (6 M, 2.2 mL, 6 eq) was added at 0° C. After the mixture was stirred for 30 min, H 2 O 2  (1.7 g, 18 mmol, 1.4 mL, 36% purity, 7.9 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition saturated Na 2 SO 3  solution (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (20 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=95:5 to 90:10) to give a C-2 as a mixture of enantiomers (0.40 g, 73% yield) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.49-7.29 (m, 5H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.92-6.80 (m, 3H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 3.70 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.08-2.83 (m, 1H), 1.27 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). An enantiomeric mixture of C-2 (2.5 g, 10 mmol, 1 eq) was further purified by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAKAS (250 mm×30 mm, 5 um); mobile phase: [A: CO 2 , B: 0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O in MeOH]; B %: 40%). The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give C-2(1) (1.2 g, 49% yield, tR=1.45 min) and C-2(2) (1.2 g, 49% yield, tR=2.04 min) as yellow oils, corresponding to (R)-2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)propan-1-ol and (S)-2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)propan-1-ol (stereochemistry not assigned). 
     Step 3: 1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1-iodopropan-2-yl)benzene (C-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A solution of PPh 3  (2.0 g, 7.4 mmol, 1.5 eq) and imidazole (0.51 g, 7.4 mmol, 1.5 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 5 min. Then I 2  (1.9 g, 7.4 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 25 min. A solution of C-2(1) (1.2 g, 5.0 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for another 1 hour. The reaction solution was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (40 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=100:0 to 98:2) to give C-3(1) (1.5 g, 85% yield) as a white solid. The corresponding enantiomer C-3(2) (1.0 g, 56% yield) was prepared from C-2(2) according to same procedure. 
     Step 4: ethyl (2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinate (C-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A mixture of C-3(1) (1.5 g, 4.3 mmol, 1 eq) and diethyl methylphosphonite (12 g, 85 mmol, 20 eq) was stirred at 130° C. for 12 hours. The reaction solution was purified by reversed-phase HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18 250×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: [A: water (0.1% FA, v/v), B: ACN]; B %: 40%-70% gradient over 30 min) to give C-4(1) (0.90 g, 64% yield) as a colorless oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.47-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 6.97-6.80 (m, 3H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 3.99-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.39-1.33 (m, 3H), 1.22 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.08 (m, 3H). C-4(2) (0.9 g, 95% yield) was prepared from C-3(2) according to same procedure.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.47-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.81 (m, 3H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.02-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.36 (m, 3H), 1.25-1.20 (m, 3H), 1.20-1.09 (m, 3H). 
     Step 5: ethyl (2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinate (Int-C) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of C-4(1) (0.90 g, 4.3 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (4 mL) was added Pd/C (0.45 g, 10% purity) under N 2 . The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2  several times. The mixture was stirred under H 2  (15 psi) at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give Int-C(1) (0.60 g, crude) as a colourless oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =243.4. Int-C(2) (0.57 g, crude) was prepared from C-4(2) according to same procedure. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =243.4. Int-C(1) and Int-C(2) correspond to ethyl ((R)-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinate and ethyl ((S)-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinate; absolute stereochemistry not defined. 
     Example 4: Preparation of ethyl (2-(2-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinate (Int-D) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: 2-(benzyloxy)-4-bromopyridine (D-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 4-bromo-2-fluoropyridine (10 g, 57 mmol, 1 eq) and phenylmethanol (6.1 g, 57 mmol, 5.9 mL, 1 eq) in THF (100 mL) was added at t-BuOK (7.0 g, 63 mmol, 1.1 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hr. The solution was diluted with H 2 O (100 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=99:1 to 95:5) to give D-1 (9.1 g, 60% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =264.1. 
     Step 2: 2-(benzyloxy)-4-(prop-1-en-2-yl)pyridine (D-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of D-1 (9.1 g, 34 mmol, 1 eq) and 2-isopropenyl-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (7.0 g, 41 mmol, 1.2 eq) in dioxane (100 mL) and H 2 O (20 mL) was added K 2 CO 3  (9.5 g, 69 mmol, 2 eq) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2  (1.3 g, 1.7 mmol, 0.05 eq). The solution was stirred at 100° C. for 24 hrs. The solution was filtered, and the filtrate was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=97/3 to 95/5) to give a D-2 (6.6 g, 77% yield, 90% purity) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ ppm 7.94-8.30 (m, 1H); 7.15-7.58 (m, 5H); 6.70-7.13 (m, 2H); 5.42-5.72 (m, 1H); 5.13-5.39 (m, 3H); 1.88-2.25 (m, 3H). 
     Step 3: 2-(2-(benzyloxy)pyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol (D-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of D-2 (6.6 g, 30 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (60 mL) was added BH 3 .Me 2 S (10 M, 8.8 mL, 3 eq) at 0° C., and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hrs. Then aqueous NaOH (6 M, 25 mL, 5 eq) was added dropwise to the mixture slowly at 0° C., and H 2 O 2  (20 g, 0.2 mol, 17 mL, 30% purity, 6 eq) was added dropwise to the mixture at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition saturated Na 2 SO 3  (150 mL) at 0° C., then diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (200 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=30/1 to 20/1) to give D-3 (4.5 g, 63% yield) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ ppm; 8.03 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H); 7.38-7.64 (m, 2H); 7.11-7.37 (m, 3H); 6.87 (dd, J=5.0, 1.4 Hz, 1H); 6.69-6.78 (m, 1H); 4.86 (s, 2H); 3.64 (qd, J=10, 6.7 Hz, 2H); 2.74-2.96 (m, 1H); 1.24 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 
     Enantiomeric forms of D-3, (R)-2-(2-(benzyloxy)pyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol and (S)-2-(2-(benzyloxy)pyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol (D-3(1) and D-3(2), stereochemistry not assigned) were isolated from D-3 (4.5 g, 19 mmol, 1 eq) by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250 mm×50 mm, 10 um); mobile phase: [A: CO 2 ; B: 0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O in MeOH]; B %: 25%) to give D-3(1) (2 g, 44% yield, tR=1.340 min) and D-3(2) (1.73 g, 38% yield, tR=1.648 min) as yellow gums. 
     Step 5: 2-(2-(benzyloxy)pyridin-4-yl)propyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (D-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of D-3(1) (2 g, 8.2 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added Et 3 N (2.5 g, 25 mmol, 3.4 mL, 3 eq) and DMAP (0.2 g, 1.2 mmol, 0.2 eq). The solution was cooled at 0° C., then TsCl (1.2 g, 16 mmol, 2 eq) was added. The solution was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hrs. The solution was diluted with H 2 O (100 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 5:1) to give D-4(1) (3.2 g, 95% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =398.6. D-4(2) (2.5 g, 70% yield, 80% purity) was prepared from D-3(2) according to same procedure. 
     Step 6: ethyl (2-(2-(benzyloxy)pyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinate (D-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A mixture of D-4(1) (3.2 g, 8.2 mmol, 1 eq) and diethoxy(methyl)phosphane (22 g, 0.20 mol, 20 eq) were degassed and purged with N 2  3 times. The mixture was stirred at 125° C. for 24 hrs. The solution was diluted with H 2 O (100 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Ethyl acetate:Methanol=10:1) to give D-5(1) (1.2 g, 34% yield, 75% purity) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =334.1. D-5(2) (0.33 g, 10% yield) was prepared from D-4(2) according to same procedure. 
     Step 7: ethyl (2-(2-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinate (Int-D) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of D-5(1) (1.2 g, 3.7 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (150 mL) was added 5% Pd/C (0.1 g, 66 mmol, 18 eq) under N 2 . The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2  several times. The mixture was stirred under H 2  (15 psi) at 32° C. for 3 hrs. The solution was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give Int-D(1) (0.90 g, 50% yield, 50% purity) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =244.1. Int-D(2) (0.20 g, 43% yield, 52% purity) was prepared from D-5(2) according to same procedure. Specific stereochemistry of enantiomers Int-D(1) and Int-D(2) not assigned. 
     Example 5: Preparation of 2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethanesulfonic acid (Compound 1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: methyl 4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-methylbenzoate (1-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of methyl 4-bromo-3-methyl-benzoate (1.0 g, 4.4 mmol, 1 eq) and (5-fluoro-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)boronic acid (0.90 g, 5.2 mmol, 1.2 eq) in dioxane (10 mL) and H 2 O (2 mL) was added Na 2 CO 3  (0.83 g, 8.7 mmol, 2 eq) and Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2  (0.15 g, 0.22 mmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 16 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition water (20 mL), then diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (20 mL), dried over [Na 2 SO 4 ], filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 100:1) to give 1-1 (1.0 g, 83% yield) as a white solid.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.06 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H) 
     Step 2: methyl 3-(bromomethyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzoate (1-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-1 (1.0 g, 3.6 mmol, 1 eq) in CCl 4  (20 mL) was added NBS (0.71 g, 4.0 mmol, 1.1 eq) and BPO (44 mg, 0.18 mmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 16 hrs. The mixture was concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 200:1) to give 1-2 (0.95 g, 64% yield) as a colourless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =354.0. 
     Step 3: methyl 3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzoate (1-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A solution of 1-2 (0.45 g, 1.1 mmol, 1 eq) and N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.22 g, 2.2 mmol, 2 eq) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hrs. The mixture was concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EA=5:1) to give 1-3 (0.42 g, 74% yield) as a colourless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =375.2. 
     Step 4: 3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzoic acid (1-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A solution of 1-3 (0.42 g, 0.81 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (2 mL), MeOH (2 mL), H 2 O (2 mL) was added LiOH.H 2 O (68 mg, 1.6 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. The mixture was concentrated to give a residue, the residue was then added 1N HCl (1 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (5 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (5 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (10 mL), dried over [Na 2 SO 4 ], filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 1-4 (0.28 g) as a white solid LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =361.2. 
     Step 5: (3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl)methanol (1-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-4 (2 g, 5.6 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added BH 3 .SMe 2  (1 M in dimethylsulfide, 17 mL, 3 eq) at 0° C., and the resultant mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition MeOH (50 mL) at 0° C., diluted with H 2 O (50 mL), and extracted with EA (40 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (40 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 1-5 (2.2 g) as a colorless oil.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.03 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 2.92 (m, 2H), 0.90 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 12H). 
     Step 6: N-(5-(chloromethyl)-2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (1-6) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-5 (0.20 g, 0.58 mmol, 1 eq) and TEA (0.12 g, 1.2 mmol, 2 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added MsCl (80 mg, 0.69 mmol, 1.2 eq) at 0° C. Then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of MeOH (5 mL), diluted with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (10 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE:EA=5:1) to give 1-6 (0.20 g, 95% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =365.3. 
     Step 7: 2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylacetaldehyde (1-7) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of (3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)(cyclopropyl)methanone (3.0 g, 12 mmol, 1 eq) and trimethylsulfonium iodide (3.4 g, 17 mmol, 1.4 eq) in DMSO (30 mL) was added KOH (0.80 g, 14 mmol, 1.2 eq). Then the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (40 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=100:1 to 10:1) to give 1-7 (1.4 g, 43% yield) as a yellow oil. 
     Step 8: 2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethanol (1-8) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-7 (1.4 g, 5.1 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (13 mL) was added NaBH 4  (0.29 g, 7.7 mmol, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (40 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 5:1) to give 1-8 (0.80 g, 58% yield) as a colorless oil. 
     Step 9: 3-(1-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxyethyl)phenol (1-9) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-8 (1.5 g, 5.6 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (30 mL) was added 5% Pd/C (1.6 g, 0.73 mmol, 0.13 eq) under N 2  atmosphere. The suspension was degassed and purged with H 2  three times. The mixture was stirred under H 2  (50 Psi) at 30° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 1-9 (1.1 g) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M-OH) + =161.2. 
     Step 10: 2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethanol (1-10) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-9 (0.6 g, 3.4 mmol, 1 eq) and 1-6 (1.2 g, 3.3 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2 mL) was added K 2 CO 3  (0.94 g, 6.7 mmol, 2 eq) and NaI (0.5 g, 3.4 mmol, 1 eq). Then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (40 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20/1 to 5/1) to give 1-10 (1.1 g, 65% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =507.2. 
     Step 11: 2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl methanesulfonate (1-11) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-10 (1.0 g, 1.6 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added TEA (0.8 g, 8.0 mmol, 1.1 mL, 5 eq) and MsCl (0.36 g, 3.2 mmol, 2 eq) at 0° C. Then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (30 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (40 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20/1 to 5/1) to give 1-11 (0.91 g, 99% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =585.2. 
     Step 12: N-(5-((3-(1-cyclopropyl-2-iodoethyl)phenoxy)methyl)-2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (1-12) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-11 (0.91 g, 1.6 mmol, 1 eq) in acetone (10 mL) was added NaI (1.2 g, 7.8 mmol, 5 eq). Then the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with EA (30 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (20 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE:EA=7:1) to give 1-12 (0.86 g, 90% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =617.2. 
     Step 13: 2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethanesulfonic acid (Compound 1 FA salt) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-12 (80 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1 eq) in H 2 O (1 mL) and isopropyl alcohol (1 mL) was added Na 2 SO 3  (164 mg, 1.3 mmol, 10 eq). Then the mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75×30 mm×3 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 23%-53% gradient over 7 min) to give Compound 1 FA salt (23 mg, 28% yield, 99% purity) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =571.3.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ8.18 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.10 (m, 1H), 7.07-6.98 (m, 1H), 6.98-6.85 (m, 2H), 6.72 (dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.35-5.23 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.89 (m, 3H), 3.65-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.25 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.32 (m, 1H), 1.32-0.99 (m, 13H), 0.64-0.53 (m, 1H), 0.46-0.30 (m, 2H), 0.21-0.09 (m, 1H). 
     Example 6: Preparation of (S)-2-(3-cyclopropyl-3-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propanoyl)hydrazinecarboxamide (Compound 2 FA Salt) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound 2 was synthesized from intermediate 2-1, which can be prepared from 1-6 following the methods described for Compound 3 presented below. 
     To a solution of 2-1, (0.23 g, 0.43 mmol, 1 eq) and aminourea (48 mg, 0.65 mmol, 1.5 eq) in Py (3 mL) was added EDCI (0.17 mg, 0.86 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18 150×40 mm×15 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.23% FA), B: ACN; B %: 18%-48%, 10 min) to give Compound 2 FA salt (0.18 mg, 65% yield, 99% purity) as an off-white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =592.6.  1 H-NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz): δ=8.06 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.18 (m, 2H), 6.91 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.82 (m, 2H), 6.72 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.15-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.09-1.00 (m, 1H), 0.95 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 12H), 0.68-0.52 (m, 1H), 0.41-0.25 (m, 2H), 0.10 (m, 1H). 
     Example 7: Preparation of (2R,3S)-3-cyclopropyl-3-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-fluoro-2-methylpropanoic acid (Compound 3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: tert-butyl (2R,3S)-3-cyclopropyl-3-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-fluoro-2-methylpropanoate (3-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of tert-butyl (2R,3S)-3-cyclopropyl-2-fluoro-3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-methylpropanoate (0.10 g, 0.34 mmol, 1 eq) and 1-6 (0.13 g, 0.34 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2 mL) was added K 2 CO 3  (94 mg, 0.68 mmol, 2 eq) and NaI (51 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1 eq). Then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (5 mL) and extracted with EA (10 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (5 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 3-1 (0.18 g) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =623.2. 
     Step 2: (2R,3S)-3-cyclopropyl-3-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-fluoro-2-methylpropanoic acid (Compound 3 FA Salt) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 3-1 (0.18 g, 0.29 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (4 mL) was added TFA (1.6 g, 14 mmol, 1 mL, 46.73 eq). Then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 25%-55% gradient over 10 min) to give Compound 3 FA salt (60 mg, 34% yield, 99% purity) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =567.3.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.20 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.71-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.92-6.86 (m, 2H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.69 (dt, J=13.2, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.35-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.30 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.19 (m, 14H), 0.70-0.55 (m, 1H), 0.52-0.31 (m, 2H), −0.04 (m, 1H). 
     Example 8: (2R,3S)-3-cyclopropyl-3-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-fluoro-2-methyl-N-(methylsulfonyl)propanamide Compound 4 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of Compound 3 (25 mg, 44 umol, 1 eq), methanesulfonamide (13 mg, 13 umol, 3 eq) and 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride (22 mg, 88 umol, 2 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added DMAP (11 mg, 88 umol, 2 eq). Then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge C18 150×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 ), B: ACN; B %: 37%-67% gradient over 10 min) to give Compound 4 (6.3 mg, 21% yield, 94% purity) as a yellow solid. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =644.4.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.81-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.00-6.93 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.82 (m, 2H), 6.68 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.02 (m, 3H), 2.94-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.29 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.32 (m, 1H), 1.22-1.11 (m, 3H), 0.86 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 12H), 0.65-0.49 (m, 2H), 0.33-0.22 (m, 1H), −0.20-−0.09 (m, 1H). 
     Example 9: Preparation of methyl hydrogen (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)phosphonate (Compound 5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: (3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)(cyclopropyl)methanol (5-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 3-(benzyloxy)benzaldehyde (25 g, 0.12 mol, 1 eq) in THF (450 mL) was added cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (0.50 M in THF, 0.71 L, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of water (300 mL) at 0° C., then diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (100 mL×3), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=10:1 to 0:1) to give 5-1 (23 g, 68% yield, 89% purity) as a yellow oil.  1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 400 MHz): δ=7.49-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.39 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J 1 =2.4 Hz, J 2 =8 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 3.96-3.90 (m, 1H), 1.16-0.95 (m, 1H), 0.48-0.28 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 4H). 
     Step 2: (3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)(cyclopropyl)methanone (5-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 5-1 (23 g, 90 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (0.23 L) was added DMP (58 g, 0.14 mol, 42 mL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 5 hours. The reaction mixture diluted with H 2 O (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (100 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (100 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 5:1) to give 5-2 (16 g, 68.02% yield, 97% purity) as a yellow oil.  1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz):S=7.50-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.37 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 2.67 (tt, J 1 =4.8 Hz, J 2 =8.0 Hz, 1H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 3H), 1.06 (dd, J 1 =3.6 Hz, J 2 =8.0 Hz, 2H). 
     Step 3: 1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1-cyclopropylvinyl)benzene (5-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (45 g, 0.13 mol, 2 eq) in THF (0.16 L) was added t-BuOK (1 M, 0.13 L, 2 eq) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min, then 5-2 (16 g, 63 mmol, 1 eq) was added at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was quenched by the addition of water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL×2). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (100 mL×2), dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=100:1 to 10:1) to give 5-3 (14 g, 71% yield, 80% purity) as a yellow oil.  1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ=7.38-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.27 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.09 (m, 3H), 6.83-6.78 (m, 1H), 5.17 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 4.83 (t, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 1.58-1.46 (m, 1H), 0.77-0.67 (m, 2H), 0.53-0.43 (m, 2H). 
     Step 4: 2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethanol (5-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 5-3 (14 g, 56 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (150 mL) was added BH 3 .THF (1 M, 0.17 L, 3 eq) at 0° C. for 30 min. Then NaOH (6 M, 56 mL, 6 eq) and H 2 O 2  (130 g, 1.1 mol, 107 mL, 30% purity, 20 eq) were added at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 hours. The mixture was quenched by the addition of water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL×2). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (50 mL×2), dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 3:1) to give 5-4 (11 g, 70% yield, 94% purity) as a colorless oil.  1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ=7.35-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.27 (s, 2H), 7.24-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.14 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.81-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.77-6.73 (m, 2H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 3.86-3.63 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 1H), 0.93-0.82 (m, 1H), 0.56-0.45 (m, 1H), 0.38-0.28 (m, 1H), 0.22-0.15 (m, 1H), 0.02-0.05 (m, 1H). 
     Step 5: 1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1-cyclopropyl-2-iodoethyl)benzene (5-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     PPh 3  (7.6 g, 29 mmol, 1.5 eq) and imidazole (2.0 g, 29 mmol, 1.5 eq) were dissolved in DCM (50 mL), and the solution was stirred for 5 minutes. Then I 2  (7.4 g, 29 mmol, 5.9 mL, 1.5 eq) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. A DCM (170 mL) solution of 5-4 (5.2 g, 19 mmol, 1 eq) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL×2). The combine organic layers were washed with saturated brine (50 mL×2) and concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 100:1) to give 5-5 (6.5 g, 89% yield) as a white solid.  1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ=7.27 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.73-6.65 (m, 3H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 3.41-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.27 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.88 (m, 1H), 0.93-0.90 (m, 1H), 0.52-0.40 (m, 1H), 0.34-0.12 (m, 2H), 0.03-−0.05 (m, 1H). 
     Step 6: dimethyl (2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethyl)phosphonate (5-6) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A solution of 5-5 (13 g, 34 mmol, 1 eq) in trimethyl phosphate (130 mL) was stirred at 135° C. for 2 hours in a microwave. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (20 mL×3), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=50/1 to 5:1) to give 5-6 (3.5 g, 28% yield, 98% purity) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =361.1.  1 H-NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz): δ=7.27 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.76-6.65 (m, 3H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.25-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.34 (m, 3H), 3.27 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.21-2.04 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.78 (m, 1H), 0.52-0.40 (m, 1H), 0.34-0.12 (m, 2H), 0.03-−0.05 (m, 1H). 
     Step 7: dimethyl (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl)phosphonate (5-7) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 5-6 (0.40 g, 1.1 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (10 mL) was added Pd/C (0.40 g, 5%). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours under H 2  at 50 psi. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 5-7 (0.24 mg) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =271.1. 
     Step 8: dimethyl (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)phosphonate (5-8) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-6 (68 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq) and 5-7 (50 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2 mL) was added KI (3.1 mg, 19 umol, 0.1 eq) and K 2 CO 3  (51 mg, 0.37 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture diluted with H 2 O (5 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (10 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE:EA=1:1) to give 5-8 (50 mg, 40% yield, 89% purity) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =599.3. 
     Step 2: methyl hydrogen (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)phosphonate (Compound 5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 5-8 (50 mg, 84 umol, 1 eq) in THF (0.5 mL), MeOH (0.5 mL), and H 2 O (0.5 mL) was added NaOH (33 mg, 840 umol, 10 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was adjusted to pH 9˜10 with 0.2 M aqueous HCl. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini NX-C18 (75×30 mm×3 um); mobile phase: A: water (10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 ), B: ACN; B %: 32%-62% gradient over 8 min) to give Compound 5 (6.3 mg, 13% yield) as a yellow solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =585.3.  1 H-NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz): δ=8.17 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 4.45-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.63-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.26 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 3H), 2.28-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.13 (m, 12H), 1.12-1.07 (m, 1H), 0.60-0.51 (m, 1H), 0.38-0.28 (m, 2H), 0.11-0.03 (m, 1H). 
     Example 10: Preparation of (1-cyclopropyl-1-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl)phosphonic acid (Compound 6 FA salt) and methyl hydrogen (1-cyclopropyl-1-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl)phosphonate (Compound 7 FA Salt) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: dimethyl (1-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-1-cyclopropylpropan-2-yl)phosphonate (6-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 5-6 (3.5 g, 9.7 mmol, 1 eq) in THE (35 mL) was added n-BuLi (2.5 M in n-hexane, 39 mL, 10 eq) at −78° C. Then Mel (28 g, 190 mmol, 12 mL, 20 eq) was added slowly at the same temperature, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl (20 mL) at 0° C., diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (20 mL×3), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=5:1 to 3:1) to give 6-1 (220 mg, 5.8% yield, 95% purity) as a yellow oil LCMS: tR=0.944 min, (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =375.1. 
     Step 2: dimethyl (1-cyclopropyl-1-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propan-2-yl)phosphonate (6-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 6-1 (0.22 g, 0.59 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (10 mL) was added Pd/C (0.28 g, 5%). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours under H 2  (50 psi). The reaction was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=3:1 to 1:1) to give 6-2 (0.11 mg, 60% yield, 91% purity) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =285.1. 
     Step 3: dimethyl (1-cyclopropyl-1-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl)phosphonate (6-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 6-2 (55 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq) and 1-6 (71 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2 mL) was added KI (3.2 mg, 19 umol, 0.1 eq) and K 2 CO 3  (53 mg, 0.39 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 35° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture diluted with H 2 O (5 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (5 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EA=1:1) to give 6-3 (0.11 g, 91% yield, 98% purity) as a colorless oil. LCMS: tR=0.810 min, (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =613.2.  1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ=8.04 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.82 (m, 3H), 6.65-6.59 (m, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.74-3.55 (m, 5H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 3.00-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.57 (m, 3H), 0.89 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 12H), 0.78-0.58 (m, 1H), 0.57-0.29 (m, 2H), 0.20-−0.11 (m, 2H) 
     Step 4: (1-cyclopropyl-1-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl)phosphonic acid (Compound 6 FA Salt) and methyl hydrogen (1-cyclopropyl-1-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl)phosphonate (Compound 7 FA Salt) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 6-3 (0.10 g, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3  (1 mL) was added TMSBr (75 mg, 0.49 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture diluted with H 2 O (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (5 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Unisil 3-100 C18 Ultra 150×50 mm×3 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 20%-50% gradient over a10 min) to give Compound 6 FA salt (26 mg, 23% yield, 97% purity) as an off-white solid and Compound 7 FA salt (11 mg, 10% yield, 98% purity) as a yellow solid. 
     Compound 6 FA salt: LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =585.3.  1 H-NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz): δ=8.14 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.09 (m, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.95-6.88 (m, 1H), 6.83-6.79 (m, 1H), 6.76-6.69 (m, 1H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 2H), 4.17-3.98 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.55-3.45 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.24-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.26-1.17 (m, 3H), 1.17-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.02 (dd, J 1 =7.2, J 2 =16.8 Hz, 1H), 0.71-0.53 (m, 2H), 0.45-0.30 (m, 1H), −0.05-−0.22 (m, 1H). 
     Compound 7 FA salt: LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =599.4.  1 H-NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz): δ=8.14 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.92-6.87 (m, 2H), 6.83 (dd, J 1 =2, J 2 =8 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 4.16-4.02 (m, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.58-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.53-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.13 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 12H), 1.07-0.94 (m, 5H), 0.63-0.54 (m, 1H), 0.31 (s, 2H), 0.13-0.03 (m, 1H). 
     Example 11: Preparation of (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)phosphonic acid (Compound 8 FA Salt) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 5-8 (0.17 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3  (2 mL) was added TMSBr (0.13 mg, 0.85 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture diluted with H 2 O (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (5 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 17%-47% gradient over 10 min) to give Compound 8 FA salt (64 mg, 36% yield, 99% purity) as an off-white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =571.2.  1 H-NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz): δ=8.16 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (dd, J 1 =2 Hz, J 2 =8 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 4.25-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.57-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.10 (s, 2H), 1.18-1.08 (m, 13H), 0.60-0.50 (m 1H), 0.40-0.28 (m, 2H), 0.07 (s, 1H). 
     Example 12: Preparation of (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)ethyl)phosphonic acid (Compound 9 FA Salt) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: 4-bromo-3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)phenol (9-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 2-bromo-5-hydroxy-benzaldehyde (10 g, 50 mmol) and N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (10 g, 99 mmol, 14 mL) in DCE (200 mL) was added TEA (10 g, 99 mmol, 14 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. NaBH(OAc) 3  (16 g, 75 mmol) was added in the mixture. Then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. The mixture was poured into H 2 O (500 mL), then extracted with DCM (300 mL×2). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=50/1 to 10/1) to give 9-1 (5.0 g, 34% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =286.0. 
     Step 2: 3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenol (9-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-1 (0.53 g, 1.9 mmol) and (5-fluoro-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)boronic acid (0.47 g, 2.8 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) and H 2 O (2 mL) was added Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2  (65 mg, 93 umol) and Na 2 CO 3  (0.39 g, 3.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 12 hrs. The mixture was poured into H 2 O (50 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC: (column: Phenomenex luna C18 150×40 mm×15 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 2%-29% gradient over 9 min) to give 9-2 (0.18 g, 34% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES − ) m/z (M−H) − =331.2.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=8.04 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.85-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.22 (br s, 1H), 1.04 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 12H). 
     Step 3: (3-bromophenyl)(cyclopropyl)methanol (9-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 3-bromobenzaldehyde (6.0 g, 32 mmol, 3.8 mL) in THF (60 mL) at 0° C. was added cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (0.5 M in THF, 0.20 L). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. The mixture was quenched by the addition of H 2 O (100 mL), and an additional portion of H 2 O (300 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (400 mL×2). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=50/1 to 8/1) to give 9-3 (3.6 g, 49% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M-OH) + =211.0.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=7.56 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.17 (m, 1H), 3.96 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 1.16-1.04 (m, 1H), 0.66-0.54 (m, 1H), 0.55-0.43 (m, 2H), 0.40-0.32 (m, 1H). 
     Step 4: (3-bromophenyl)(cyclopropyl)methanone (9-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-3 (1.0 g, 4.4 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added DMP (2.2 g, 5.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 hr. The mixture was poured into H 2 O (50 mL), then extracted with DCM (30 mL×2). The organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous Na 2 SO 3  (100 mL). Then the organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=100/1 to 20/1) to give 9-4 (0.8 g, 81% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =226.9. 
     Step 5: 1-bromo-3-(1-cyclopropylvinyl)benzene (9-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (1.3 g, 3.6 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added t-BuOK (0.4 g, 3.6 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hr. Then 9-4 (0.40 g, 1.8 mmol) was added in the mixture at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 11.5 hrs. The mixture was quenched by the addition of H 2 O (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×2). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=50/1 to 10/1) to give 9-5 (0.31 g, 78% yield) as a colorless oil.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=7.72 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.44 (ddd, J=1.0, 2.0, 8 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.21 (m, 1H), 5.30 (s, 1H), 5.0 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 1.68-1.56 (m, 1H), 0.89-0.81 (m, 2H), 0.59-0.51 (m, 2H) 
     Step 6: 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-cyclopropylethanol (9-6) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-5 (0.29 g, 1.3 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added BH 3 .THF (1 M in THF, 3.9 mL, 2.6 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. Then aqueous NaOH (1.5 M, 5.2 mL, 7.8 mmol) and H 2 O 2  (3.0 g, 26 mmol, 2.5 mL, 30% purity) were added dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 h. The mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous Na 2 SO 3  (50 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give 9-6 (0.31 g) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=7.44 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (td, J=1.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.16 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.78 (m, 2H), 1.96 (ddd, J=5.2, 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 1.00 (ttd, J=4.8, 8.0, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 0.69-0.57 (m, 1H), 0.48-0.36 (m, 1H), 0.30 (qd, J=4.8, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 0.11-0.03 (m, 1H). 
     Step 7: (2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-cyclopropylethoxy)(tert-butyl)dimethylsilane (9-7) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-6 (0.31 g, 1.3 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added TBSCl (0.29 g, 1.9 mmol) and imidazole (0.18 g, 2.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. The mixture was poured into H 2 O (15 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL×2). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=100/1 to 50/1) to give 9-7 (0.37 g, 81% yield) as a colorless oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=7.48-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.34 (td, J=1.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.13 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.80 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.16-1.04 (m, 1H), 0.88 (s, 2H), 0.84-0.80 (m, 9H), 0.68-0.56 (m, 1H), 0.49-0.41 (m, 1H), 0.32 (qd, J=4.8, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 0.08-0.04 (m, 1H), −0.08 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 6H). 
     Step 8: methyl 3-(2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-1-cyclopropylethyl)benzoate (9-8) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-7 (0.37 g, 1.0 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl 2  (0.38 g, 0.52 mmol) and TEA (0.32 g, 3.1 mmol, 0.43 mL). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 12 hrs under CO (50 psi). The mixture was filtered and then concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/0) to give 9-8 (0.15 g, 43% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =335.3. 
     Step 9: (3-(2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-1-cyclopropylethyl)phenyl)methanol (9-9) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-8 (0.18 g, 0.54 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added DIBAL-H (1 M in toluene, 1.1 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. The mixture was quenched by the addition of NH 4 Cl (saturated aqueous, 10 mL). Then the mixture was poured into H 2 O (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give 9-9 (0.17 g) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M-OH − ) + =289.2. 
     Step 10: tert-butyl(2-(3-(chloromethyl)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethoxy)dimethylsilane (9-10) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-9 (0.17 g, 0.55 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added MsCl (0.13 g, 1.1 mmol, 86 uL) and Et 3 N (0.11 g, 1.1 mmol, 0.15 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. The mixture was poured into H 2 O (15 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL×2). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 3/1) to give 9-10 (0.1 g, 55% yield) as a red oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=7.32 (s, 1H), 7.29-7.17 (m, 3H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 3.95-3.83 (m, 2H), 2.03-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.16-1.04 (m, 1H), 0.95-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.80 (s, 8H), 0.67-0.55 (m, 1H), 0.47-0.39 (m, 1H), 0.32 (qd, J=4.8, 9.6 Hz, 1H), −0.08 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 6H). 
     Step 11: N-(5-((3-(2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-1-cyclopropylethyl)benzyl)oxy)-2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (9-11) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-2 (70 mg, 0.21 mmol) and 9-10 (68 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added K 2 CO 3  (58 mg, 0.42 mmol) and KI (3.5 mg, 21 umol). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 12 hrs. The mixture was poured into H 2 O (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×2). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5:1) to give 9-11 (50 mg, 38.24% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =621.5. 
     Step 12: 2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)ethanol (9-12) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-11 (15 mg, 24 umol) in ACN (0.2 mL) was added aqueous HCl (2 M, 0.2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hr. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 9-12 (10 mg) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =507.4. 
     Step 13: N-(5-((3-(1-cyclopropyl-2-iodoethyl)benzyl)oxy)-2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (9-13) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     PPh 3  (85 mg, 0.32 mmol) and imidazole (22 mg, 0.32 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (5 mL), and the solution was stirred for 5 minutes. Then iodine (83 mg, 0.33 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. A DCM (1 mL) solution of 9-12 (0.11 g, 0.22 mmol) was added dropwised, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was poured into H 2 O (20 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=50/1 to 10/1) to give 9-13 (80 mg, 59% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =617.0. 
     Step 14: dimethyl (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)ethyl)phosphonate (9-14) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-13 (75 mg, 0.12 mmol) in trimethyl phosphite (1.6 g, 13 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 130° C. for 6 hrs in a microwave. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5:1) to give 9-14 (25 mg, 32% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M−H) + =559.4. 
     Step 15: (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)ethyl)phosphonic acid (Compound 9 FA Salt) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 9-14 (20 mg, 33 umol) in CHCl 3  (0.4 mL) was added TMSBr (15 mg, 0.10 mmol, 13 uL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hr. The mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 15%-45% gradient over 10 min) to give Compound 9 FA salt (4.7 mg, 23% yield) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M−H) + =571.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=8.12 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.76 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 3.96 (br s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.43-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.12 (br s, 1H), 1.08 (br dd, J=7.2, 8.8 Hz, 12H), 0.64-0.46 (m, 1H), 0.42-0.26 (m, 2H), 0.12-0.00 (m, 1H). 
     Example 13: Preparation of (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compounds 10, 11, 12, 13) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: ethyl (2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (10-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A mixture of 5-5 (1.0 g, 2.6 mmol, 1 eq) in diethyl methylphosphonite (1.8 g, 13 mmol, 5 eq) was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours in a microwave. The mixture was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 250×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.1% FA), B: ACN; B %: 20%-30% gradient over 10 min) to give 10-1 (0.53 g, 59% yield) as a white oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =359.2. 
     Step 2: ethyl (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (10-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 10-1 (0.53 g, 1.5 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (4.0 mL) was added Pd/C (0.53 g, 5%) under N 2 . The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2  several times. The mixture was stirred under H 2  (50 psi) at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give 10-2 (0.33 g) as a white oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =269.2. 
     Step 3: ethyl (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (10-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     * absolute stereochemistry of each compound not determined 
     To a solution of 10-2 (0.20 g, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added 1-6 (0.27 g, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq). Then K 2 CO 3  (0.21 g, 1.5 mmol, 2 eq) and KI (12 mg, 74 umol, 0.1 eq) were added. The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge C18 150×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (10 M aqueous NH 4 HCO 3 ), B: ACN; B %: 70%-100% gradient over 10 min) to give 10-3 (0.22 g, 49% yield) as a white oil. 
     10-3 was further separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS (250×30 mm×10 um); mobile phase: A: CO 2 ; B: 0.1% NH 4 OH in IPA; B %: 40%) to give 10-3-peak 2 (tR=3.598 min), 10-3-peak 3 (tR=3.743 min) and the mixture of 10-3-peak 1 and 10-3-peak 4 as a white oil. The mixture of 10-3-peak 1 and 10-3-peak 4 was further separated by SFC (column: REGIS (R, R) WHELK-O1 (250×25 mm×10 um); mobile phase: A: CO 2 ; B: 0.1% NH 4 OH in IPA; B %: 40%) to give 10-3-peak 1 (tR=3.485 min), 10-3-peak 4 (tR=3.811 min) as a white oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =597.3. 
     The absolute stereochemistry of each compound was not determined. 
     Step 4: (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compounds 10, 11, 12, 13) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     * absolute stereochemistry of each compound not determined 
     To separate solutions of 10-3-(peak 1, 2, 3, 4) (1 eq) in THE (1 mL), MeOH (1 mL) and H 2 O (1 mL) was added LiOH (7 eq). Each mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 24 hours. Each reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Each residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge 150×25 mm×5 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v), B: ACN; B %: 25%-55% gradient over 10 min) and lyophilized to give Compounds 10, 11, 12, and 13 as while solids. 
     Compound 10 [from 10-3-peak 3 (tR=3.743 min)]. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =569.4.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.02 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.94-6.91 (m, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 2.94-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.94 (m, 1H), 0.86 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 12H), 0.71 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.59-0.46 (m, 1H), 0.38-0.24 (m, 2H), 0.14-0.04 (m, 1H). 
     Compound 11 [from 10-3-peak 2 (tR=3.598 min)]. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =569.4.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.02 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.94-6.91 (m, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J=1.6 Hz, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 2.93-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.09-0.96 (m, 1H), 0.86 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 12H), 0.71 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 3H), 0.59-0.45 (m, 1H), 0.39-0.24 (m, 2H), 0.16-0.04 (m, 1H). 
     Compound 12 [from 10-3-peak 1 (tR=3.485 min)]. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =569.4.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.84-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.02 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.28-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.98 (m, 1H), 0.93 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 12H), 0.72 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.58-0.48 (m, 1H), 0.37-0.26 (m, 2H), 0.15-0.05 (m, 1H). 
     Compound 13 [from 10-3-peak 4 (tR=3.811 min)]. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =569.4.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.02 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 2H), 2.29-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.99 (m, 1H), 0.93 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 12H), 0.72 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.60-0.46 (m, 1H), 0.40-0.22 (m, 2H), 0.16-0.01 (m, 1H). 
     The absolute stereochemistry of each compound was not determined. 
     Example 14: Preparation of 2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethanesulfonic acid (Compounds 14 and 15) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: methyl 2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethanesulfonate (14-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethane-1-sulfonic acid (1.3 g, 3.9 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added trimethoxymethane (2.1 g, 20 mmol, 3.2 mL, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 90 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=100:1 to 9:1) to give 14-1 (0.69 g, 51% yield) as a white solid.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.51-7.31 (m, 6H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.94-6.80 (m, 3H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 3.62-3.52 (m, 5H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 1.27 (d, J=14.2 Hz, 1H), 1.17-1.06 (m, 1H), 0.73-0.64 (m, 1H), 0.54-0.38 (m, 2H), 0.21 (m, 1H). 
     Step 2: methyl 2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)ethanesulfonate (14-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 14-1 (0.20 g, 0.58 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (4 mL) was added Pd/C (0.58 mmol, 5%, 1 eq) under N 2 . The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2  several times. The mixture was stirred under H 2  (50 psi) at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 14-2 (0.16 g) as a yellow oil. 
     Step 3: 2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethanesulfonic acid (14-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 14-2 (0.12 g, 0.47 mmol, 1 eq) and 1-6 (0.17 g, 0.47 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (1 mL) was added K 2 CO 3  (0.13 g, 0.94 mmol, 2 eq) and KI (7.8 mg, 47 umol, 0.1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 35° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 27%-57% gradient over 10 min) to give 14-3 (80 mg, 30% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+1) + =571.3. 
     Step 4: 2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethanesulfonic acid (Compounds 14 and 15) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     14-3 (54 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1 eq) was purified by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAKAS (250×30 mm×10 um); mobile phase: [A: CO 2 ; B: 0.1% NH 4 OH in EtOH]; B %: 50%) to give Compound 14 (15 mg, 27% yield) and Compound 15 (15 mg, 27% yield), each as a white solid. 
     Compound 14: SFC: tR=1.545 min, LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =571.3.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 10.04-9.75 (m, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.01 (m, 1H), 7.01-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.71-6.54 (m, 2H), 5.35-5.21 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.85-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.21 (m, 3H), 2.55-2.38 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.34-0.79 (m, 12H), 0.64-0.40 (m, 3H), 0.30-0.16 (m, 1H). 
     Compound 15: SFC: tR=1.934 min, LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =571.3.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 10.01-9.73 (m, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.09-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.73-6.53 (m, 2H), 5.36-5.20 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.81-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.53-3.23 (m, 3H), 2.57-2.37 (m, 1H), 1.54-0.81 (m, 13H), 0.63-0.41 (m, 3H), 0.28-0.17 (m, 1H). 
     The absolute stereochemistry of each compound was not determined. 
     Example 15: Preparation of (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((2-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 16) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: methyl 4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-2-methylbenzoate (16-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a mixture of methyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-benzoate (1 g, 4.4 mmol, 1 eq) and (5-fluoro-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)boronic acid (1.1 g, 6.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) in dioxane (10 mL) and H 2 O (2 mL) was added Na 2 CO 3  (0.93 g, 8.7 mmol, 2 eq) and Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2  (0.15 g, 0.22 mmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was degassed and purged with N 2  for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 12 hrs under N 2  atmosphere. The mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), then extracted with EA (2×30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4  and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=50/1) to give 16-1 (1.1 g, 70% yield, 79% purity) as white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =276.1. 
     Step 2: methyl 2-(bromomethyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzoate (16-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 16-1 (0.96 g, 2.8 mmol, 1 eq) in CCl 4  (20 mL) was added NBS (0.57 g, 3.2 mmol, 1.1 eq) and BPO (34 mg, 0.14 mmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 12 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition water (20 mL), then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=50:1 to 10:1) to give 16-2 (1.1 g) as a yellow solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =356.2. 
     Step 3: methyl 2-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzoate (16-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A mixture of 16-2 (1 g, 2.8 mmol, 1 eq) and N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.54 g, 5.4 mmol, 1.9 eq) in ACN (20 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of water (20 mL), then diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=150/1 to 100/1) to give 16-3 (0.49 g, 43% yield, 93% purity) as yellow solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =375.2. 
     Step 4: (2-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl)methanol (16-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 16-3 (0.49 g, 1.3 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added LiAlH 4  (0.16 g, 4.3 mmol, 3.3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of water (10 mL), then diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (10 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue to give 16-4 (0.45 g) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =347.2.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=8.23 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.47 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.63-4.57 (m, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 1.01 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 12H). 
     Step 5: ethyl (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((2-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (16-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 16-4 (0.16 g, 0.46 mmol, 1 eq), 10-2 (0.25 g, 0.92 mmol, 2 eq) and PPh 3  (0.24 g, 0.92 mmol, 2 eq) in toluene (15 mL) was added DIAD (0.21 g, 1.0 mmol, 2.2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs under N 2 . The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove solvent. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 tol/1) to give 16-5 (0.28 mg, 79% yield, 79% purity) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =597.3. 
     Step 6: (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((2-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 16 FA Salt) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 16-5 (0.15 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1 eq) in H 2 O (2 mL), MeOH (2 mL) and THE (2 mL) was added NaOH (80 mg, 2.01 mmol, 8 eq). The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 12 hrs. The residue was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 21%-51% gradient over 10 min) and prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm×10 um; A: mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 20%-50% gradient over 10 min) to give Compound 16 FA salt (12 mg, 7.9% yield, 97% purity) as off white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =569.3.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=8.24 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.60-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 6.99-6.92 (m, 2H), 6.85 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.03-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.20-1.98 (m, 3H), 1.11-1.03 (m, 1H), 0.98 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 12H), 0.82 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.57-0.44 (m, 1H), 0.35-0.19 (m, 2H), 0.15-0.03 (m, 1H). 
     Example 16: Preparation of (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(ethyl)phosphinic acid (Compounds 17, 18, 19, 20) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: (E)-diethyl (2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylvinyl)phosphonate (17-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 5-2 (5.0 g, 20 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (50 mL) was added t-BuOK (6.7 g, 59 mmol, 3 eq) and tetraethyl methylenebis(phosphonate) (17 g, 59 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (40 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10:1 to 3:1) to give a residue 17-1 (4.8 g, 63% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =387.1 
     Step 2: diethyl (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl)phosphonate (17-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 17-1 (4.7 g, 12 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (50 mL) was added PtO 2  (0.27 g, 1.2 mmol, 0.1 eq) under N 2 . The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2  several times. The mixture was stirred under H 2  (15 psi) at 50° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give 17-2 (3.8 g) as a white oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) 30 =299.1 
     Step 3: diethyl (2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethyl)phosphonate (17-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 17-2 (3.8 g, 13 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) was added BnBr (2.4 g, 14 mmol, 1.7 mL, 1.1 eq) and K 2 CO 3  (3.5 g, 26 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (40 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10:1 to 0:1) to give 17-3 (4.9 g, 12 mmol, 98% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =389.1.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.32-7.17 (m, 5H), 7.07 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.77-6.59 (m, 3H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 3.86-3.52 (m, 4H), 2.13-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.73 (s, 1H), 1.10-1.02 (m, 3H), 1.01-0.94 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.84 (m, 1H), 0.51-0.39 (m, 1H), 0.30-0.14 (m, 2H), 0.06-0.06 (m, 1H). 
     Step 4: ethyl hydrogen (2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethyl)phosphonate (17-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 17-3 (0.6 g, 1.5 mmol) in 2-butanone (3 mL) was added LiI (0.31 g, 2.3 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 85° C. for 118 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The crude product was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 250×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.1% FA), B: ACN; B %: 20%-30% gradient over 10 min) to give 17-4 (0.3 g, 766 umol, 50% yield, 92% purity) as a colourless gum, LCMS: tR=0.845 min., (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =361.1 
     Step 5: ethyl (2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethyl)phosphonochloridate (17-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 17-4 (0.10 g, 0.28 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (0.18 g, 1.4 mmol, 5 eq) and DMF (0.20 mg, 2.8 umol, 0.01 eq) under N 2 . The reaction was stirred at 15° C. for 1.5 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 17-5 (0.1 g) as a yellow gum. 
     Step 6: ethyl (2-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethyl)(ethyl)phosphinate (17-6) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 17-5 (0.20 g, 0.53 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added EtMgBr (3 M in THF, 0.53 mL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl (5 mL) at 0° C., then diluted with water (30 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (10 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1 to 3/1) to give 17-6 (0.18 g, 67% yield, 73% purity) as a yellow gum. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =373.4.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.50-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 6.94-6.77 (m, 3H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.04-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.13 (m, 3H), 1.43-1.18 (m, 4H), 1.10-0.81 (m, 5H), 0.66-0.53 (m, 1H), 0.48-0.27 (m, 2H), 0.24-0.11 (m, 1H). 
     Step 7: ethyl (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl)(ethyl)phosphinate (17-7) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 17-6 (0.18 g, 0.48 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (5 mL) was added Pd/C (40 mg, 5%) under N 2 . The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2  several times. The mixture was stirred under H 2  (15 psi) at 15° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 17-7 (0.10 g) as a colorless gum. 
     Step 8: ethyl (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(ethyl)phosphinate (17-8) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 17-7 (90 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1 eq) and 1-6 (0.12 g, 0.32 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (3 mL) was added K 2 CO 3  (88 mg, 0.64 mmol, 2 eq) and KI (5.3 mg, 32 umol, 0.1 eq). The reaction was stirred at 15° C. for 24 hrs. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with sat brine (10 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=3/1 to 1/1) to give 17-8 (0.15 g, 224 umol, 70% yield, 91% purity) as a colourless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =611.4. 
     17-8 was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS (250×30 mm×10 um); mobile phase: [A: CO 2 ; B: 0.1% in NH 4 OH in EtOH]; B %: 30%) to give 17-8-peak 3 (tR=1.290 min) and 17-8-peak 4 (tR=1.550 min) and a mixture of 17-8-peak 1 and 17-8-peak 2 as a colorless gum. The mixture of 17-8-peak 1 and 17-8-peak 2 was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250×30 mm×10 um); mobile phase: [A: CO 2 ; B: 0.1% in NH 4 OH in IPA]; B %: 30%) to give 17-8-peak 1 (tR=3.493 min) and 17-8-peak 2. (tR=3.617 min) as a colourless gum. 
     The absolute stereochemistry of each compound was not determined. 
     Step 8: (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(ethyl)phosphinic acid (Compounds 17, 18, 19, 20) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     * absolute stereochemistry of each compound not determined 
     To separate solutions of 17-8-(peaks 1, 2, 3, 4) (1 eq) in MeOH (1 mL), THE (1 mL) and H 2 O (1 mL) was added LiOH H 2 O (7 eq). Each reaction was stirred at 45° C. for 7 days. Each reaction mixture was acidified to pH=7 by added 1 N aqueous HCl solution and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Then 1.5 mL MeOH was added to each, and each mixture was filtered. Each filtrate purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 22%-52% gradient over 10 min) to give Compound 17 (3.96 mg), Compound 18 (6.33 mg), Compound 19 (2.96 mg) and Compound 20 (2.47 mg) as a white solid. 
     Compound 17 [from 17-8-peak 3]. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =583.5.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=8.09 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.50 (br d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.14 (m, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.85-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.76 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.91-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.30-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.19-0.89 (m, 15H), 0.86-0.76 (m, 3H), 0.60-0.47 (m, 1H), 0.38-0.25 (m, 2H), 0.16-0.02 (m, 1H). 
     Compound 18 [from 17-8-peak 4]. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =583.4.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d 4 ) 6=8.15 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.60 (br d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.94-6.88 (m, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 5.22 (s, 2H), 4.22-3.99 (m, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.54-3.36 (m, 2H), 2.31-1.92 (m, 3H), 1.19-0.92 (m, 15H), 0.89-0.73 (m, 3H), 0.61-0.47 (m, 1H), 0.39-0.27 (m, 2H), 0.17-0.03 (m, 1H). 
     Compound 19 [from 17-8-peak 1]. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =583.2.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d 4 ) 6=8.13 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.56 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.76 (m, 2H), 5.22 (s, 2H), 4.15-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.45-3.33 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.17-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.17-0.92 (m, 15H), 0.88-0.73 (m, 3H), 0.61-0.47 (m, 1H), 0.40-0.24 (m, 2H), 0.18-0.03 (m, 1H). 
     Compound 20 [from 17-8-peak 2]. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =583.2.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d 4 ) 6=8.15 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.60 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (br d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 4.26-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.54-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.15-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.23-1.03 (m, 13H), 1.02-0.90 (m, 1H), 0.89-0.73 (m, 3H), 0.62-0.47 (m, 1H), 0.41-0.26 (m, 2H), 0.17-0.04 (m, 1H). 
     The absolute stereochemistry of each compound was not determined. 
     Example 17: Preparation of (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 21) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: ethyl (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (21-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A mixture of 9-13 (65 mg, 0.11 mmol, 1 eq) in diethoxy(methyl) phosphane (1.4 g, 10.5 mmol, 100 eq) was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours in a microwave. The crude product was purified by reversed-phase HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 250×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.1% FA), B: ACN; B %: 20%-30% gradient over 10 min) to give 21-1 (56 mg, 87% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H)=597.3. 
     Step 2: (2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 21) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a mixture of 21-1 (64 mg, 0.11 mmol, 1 eq) in water (1 mL), MeOH (1 mL), and THF (1 mL) was added LiOH.H 2 O (18 mg, 0.43 mmol, 4 eq) in one portion. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 72 hours. The mixture was adjusted to pH=5, then diluted with water (3 mL) and extracted with EA (5 mL×4). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Phenomenex Synergi C18 150 mm×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN; B %: 19%-49% gradient over 10 min) to give Compound 21 (9 mg, 14% yield) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H)=569.3.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=8.18-8.14 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.38 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.80 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H), 5.27-5.18 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.04 (s, 2H), 3.99-3.90 (s, 3H), 3.70-3.57 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.09 (m, 3H), 1.22 (d, J=4 Hz, 12H), 1.13 (m, 1H), 0.82-0.73 (d, J=12 Hz, 3H), 0.66-0.54 (m, 1H), 0.42-0.29 (m, 2H), 0.18-0.08 (m, 1H). 
     Example 18: Preparation of (1-cyclopropyl-1-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-methylpropan-2-yl)phosphonic acid (Compound 22) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: dimethyl (1-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-1-cyclopropyl-2-methylpropan-2-yl)phosphonate (22-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 5-6 (0.50 g, 1.4 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise Mel (3.9 g, 28 mmol, 1.7 mL, 20 eq). After addition, LDA (2 M, 6.9 mL, 10 eq) was added dropwise at −78° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 20 mL of saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl at 0° C. The resulting solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (20 mL×2), dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=10:1 to 0:1) to give 22-1 (0.39 g, 76% yield) as white a solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =389.1.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.47-7.29 (m, 5H), 7.18 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.79 (m, 3H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 3.70 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 3H), 3.62 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 3H), 2.15 (t, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 1.28 (br d, J=16.8 Hz, 4H), 1.13 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 3H), 0.84-0.70 (m, 1H), 0.56 (qd, J=4.8, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 0.43-0.30 (m, 1H), −0.12-−0.24 (m, 1H). 
     Step 2: dimethyl (1-cyclopropyl-1-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-methylpropan-2-yl)phosphonate (22-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 22-1 (0.35 g, 0.90 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added Pd/C (10%, 70 mg) under N 2  atmosphere. The suspension was degassed and purged with H 2  3 times. The mixture was stirred under H 2  (15 psi) at 35° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was filtrated, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum to give 22-2 (0.27 g) as a white oil.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.14 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.77-6.69 (m, 2H), 3.72 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 3H), 3.62 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 3H), 2.12 (t, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 1.32 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 4H), 1.18 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 3H), 0.81-0.69 (m, 1H), 0.54 (qd, J=4.8, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 0.43-0.30 (m, 1H), −0.13-−0.28 (m, 1H). 
     Step 3: dimethyl (1-cyclopropyl-1-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-methylpropan-2-yl)phosphonate (22-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 22-2 (0.10 g, 0.34 mmol, 1.0 eq) and 1-6 (0.12 g, 0.34 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (4 mL) was added K 2 CO 3  (0.93 g, 0.67 mmol, 2.0 eq) and KI (5.6 mg, 34 umol, 0.1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (10 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic phase was washed with brine (10 mL), dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=50:1 to 0:1) to give 22-3 (0.18 g, 83% yield, 97% purity) as a white oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =627.3.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.91-6.79 (m, 3H), 6.61 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.71 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 3H), 3.63 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 3H), 3.50 (br s, 2H), 2.96-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.16 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 5H), 1.12 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 3H), 0.89 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 13H), 0.81-0.70 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.52 (m, 1H), 0.44-0.30 (m, 1H), −0.12-−0.26 (m, 1H). 
     Step 4: (1-cyclopropyl-1-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-methylpropan-2-yl)phosphonic acid (Compound 22) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 22-3 (0.15 g, 0.24 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added TMSBr (1.1 g, 7.3 mmol, 0.95 mL, 30 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 0.5 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition water (1 mL) at 20° C. and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 200×40 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.2% FA), B: ACN; B %: 20%-60% gradient over 8 min) to give Compound 22 (70 mg, 48% yield, 99% purity) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =599.3.  1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.48 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.07-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.82 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.67-6.63 (m, 2H), 5.29-5.15 (m, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.83-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.19 (m, 2H), 2.13 (br t, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 1.35 (br d, J=16.0 Hz, 4H), 1.22 (br d, J=16.0 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (br d, J=4.4 Hz, 12H), 0.75-0.69 (m, 1H), 0.48 (m, 1H), 0.30-0.26 (m, 1H), −0.23-−0.27 (m, 1H). 
     Example 19: Preparation of (2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)butyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 23) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: N-(5-((3-(but-1-en-2-yl)phenoxy)methyl)-2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (23-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 3-(but-1-en-2-yl)phenol (40 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was added 1-6 (98 mg, 0.27 mmol), K 2 CO 3  (75 mg, 0.54 mol) and KI (4.5 mg, 27 umol). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 2 hrs. The mixture was poured into H 2 O (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×2). The combined organic phases were concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 3/1) to give 23-1 (0.12 g, 93% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =477.3. 
     Step 2: (2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)butyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 23) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a mixture of 23-1 (0.10 g, 0.21 mmol) in ACN (2 mL) was added H 3 PO 2  (82 mg, 0.63 mmol, 50% purity), Pd 2 (dba) 3  (4.0 mg, 4.2 umol) and Xantphos (4.9 mg, 8.4 umol). The mixture was stirred at 85° C. for 12 hrs. The mixture was filter, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: 3-Phenomenex Luna C18 75×30 mm×3 um; mobile phase: A: water (0.05% HCl), B: ACN; B %: 27%-47% gradient over 7 min) to give Compound 23 (16.57 mg, 49% yield, HCl salt) as a yellow solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =543.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=8.24 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (br s, 1H), 7.28 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.86 (m, 4H), 5.96 (br s, 1H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 4.44 (br s, 1H), 4.33-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.83-3.63 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.10 (m, 12H), 0.8 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). 
     Example 20: Preparation of ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 24) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: methyl 2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-4-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-carboxylate (24-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A mixture of methyl 2-bromo-5-methyl-benzoate (2.0 g, 8.7 mmol, 1.0 eq), (2-fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid (2.2 g, 13 mmol, 1.5 eq), aqueous Na 2 CO 3  (2.0 M, 6.5 mL, 1.5 eq) in DME (30 mL) was degassed and purged with N 2  3 times, and then Pd(PPh 3 ) 4  (0.50 g, 0.44 mmol, 0.05 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and poured into water (90 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (40 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (40 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 0:1) to give 24-1 (2.0 g, 83% yield) as a colorless solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =275.0.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 -d) δ 7.79 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J=7.2, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.27 (m, 1H), 6.97-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.80-6.86 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s, 3H). 
     Step 2: 1-(2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-4-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one (24-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 24-1 (1.1 g, 3.9 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THE (25 mL) was added t-BuLi (1.3 M in n-pentane, 4.5 mL, 1.5 eq) at −65° C. The mixture was stirred at −65° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched by saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl solution (150 mL) at 0° C. and then extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (40 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 0:1) to give 24-2 (1.1 g, 93% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =301.1.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 -d) δ 7.29-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 6.99-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.75-6.85 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). 
     Step 3: 1-(2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-4-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol (24-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 24-2 (1.1 g, 3.6 mmol, 1.0 eq) in MeOH (20 mL) was added NaBH 4  (0.28 g, 7.3 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was quenched by addition of 1M aqueous HCl to a pH of 7 at 0° C. and then extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over NaSO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 0:1) to give 24-3 (1.1 g, 99% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =301.1.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 -d) δ 7.48 (s, 1H), 6.99-7.19 (m, 3H), 6.84 (dt, J=8.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dd, J=5.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 0.3H), 4.49 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 0.6H), 3.78-3.82 (m, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 0.77 (s, 9H). 
     Step 4: 2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-(1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-4-methyl-1,1′-biphenyl (24-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 24-3 (1.1 g, 3.6 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (10 mL) was added NaH (0.44 g, 11 mmol, 60% purity, 3.0 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. Then Mel (1.5 g, 11 mmol, 0.68 mL, 3.0 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 55° C. for 11 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL×3), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 0:1) to give 24-4 (1.1 g, 95% yield) as a white solid.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3-d) δ 7.34-7.39 (m, 1H), 6.98-7.18 (m, 3H), 6.85 (dt, J=8.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (dd, J=5.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (s, 0.3H), 3.92 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 0.6H), 3.79 (s, 3H) 3.24-3.33 (m, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 0.728 (s, 9H). 
     Step 5: (S)-2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-(1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-4-methyl-1,1′-biphenyl (24-5-P1) and (R)-2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-(1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-4-methyl-1,1′-biphenyl (24-5-P2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     24-4 (1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) was purified by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250 mm×30 mm, 10 um); mobile phase: [A: CO 2 ; B: 0.1% NH 4 OH in IPA]; B %: 10%) to give 24-5-P1 (0.48 g, 48% yield, Rt=3.49 min) and 24-5-P2 (0.47 g, 47% yield, Rt=4.44 min) as a colorless oil. 
     Step 6: (S)-4-(bromomethyl)-2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-(1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-1,1′-biphenyl (24-6) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 24-5-P1 (0.58 g, 1.8 mmol, 1.0 eq) in CCl 4  (5.0 mL) was added NBS (0.33 g, 1.8 mmol, 1.0 eq) and AIBN (30 mg, 0.18 mmol, 0.10 eq). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (15 mL×3), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 0:1) to give 24-6 (0.3 g, 41% yield) as a colorless oil. 
     Step 7: ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (24-7) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 24-6 (0.15 g, 0.38 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Int-A (0.10 g, 0.38 mmol, 1.0 eq) in MeCN (5.0 mL) was added K 2 CO 3  (0.16 g, 1.1 mmol, 3.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, quenched by 5M aqueous HCl (5 mL) at 0° C., and then filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , Ethyl acetate:Methanol=8:1) to give 24-7 (0.15 g, 68% yield) as a white oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =583.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 -d) δ 7.61 (br d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.26 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.13 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.98 (m, 4H), 6.75 (br s, 1H), 5.14 (br s, 2H), 3.89-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.87 (m, 3H), 3.20-3.37 (m, 3H), 2.09-2.40 (m, 3H), 0.94-1.34 (m, 7H), 0.67-0.84 (m, 9H), 0.55-0.65 (m, 1H), 0.29-0.51 (m, 2H), 0.19 (br s, 1H). 
     Step 8: ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 24) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 24-7 (0.15 g, 0.25 mmol, 1.0 eq) in EtOH (1.5 mL), THF (1.5 mL) and H 2 O (1.5 mL) was added NaOH (0.1 g, 2.6 mmol, 10 eq). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (2 mL) and quenched by addition of 0.5 M aqueous HCl (10 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75×30 mm×3 um; mobile phase: [A: water with 0.05% NH 3  in H 2 O+10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 ); B: ACN]; B %: 20%-45% over 8 min) to give Compound 24 (71 mg, 49% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =555.2.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 7.39-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.28 (m, 3H), 6.99 (br d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (br s, 1H), 6.75-6.86 (m, 3H), 6.64-7.97 (m, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 4.11 (s, 0.3H), 3.87 (s, 0.6H), 3.73-3.77 (m, 3H), 3.12-3.25 (m, 3H), 1.87-2.22 (m, 3H), 1.06 (br s, 1H), 0.79 (br d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.63 (s, 9H), 0.43-0.54 (m, 1H), 0.25 (br d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), −0.01-0.11 (m, 1H), 0.06 (br d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H). 
     Example 21: Preparation of ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 25) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: 2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-5-methylbenzaldehyde (25-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 2-bromo-5-methylbenzaldehyde (2.0 g, 10 mmol) and (5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)boronic acid (1.7 g, 10 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) was added aqueous K 2 CO 3  (2 M, 10 mL) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2  (0.74 g, 1.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 0.5 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition water (30 mL), and then extracted with EA (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were swashed with saturated brine (40 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=50/1 to 30/1) to give 25-1 (2.1 g, 85% yield, 99% purity) as a white solid.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=9.92 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J 1 =7.6 Hz, J 2 =1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H). 
     Step 2: 1-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-5-methylphenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol (25-2 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 25-1 (2.1 g, 8.6 mmol) in THF (42 mL) was added tert-butylmagnesium chloride (1 M in THF, 13 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The residue was quenched by aqueous NH 4 Cl (10 mL) and water (50 mL), then extracted with EA (30 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20/1 to 10/1) to give 25-2 (1.1 g, 42% yield, 98% purity) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.01 (s, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 6.65 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 0.78 (s, 9H). 
     Step 3: (S)-1-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-5-methylphenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol (25-3-P1) and (R)-1-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-5-methylphenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol(25-3-P2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound 25-2 (5.0 g, 16.5 mmol) was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD-H (250×30 mm×5 um); mobile phase: [A: CO2; B: 0.1% NH 4 OH in MeOH]; B %: 25%) to give 25-3-P1 (2.2 g, 44% yield, 100% purity, Rt=0.747 min) as a yellow oil and 25-3-P2 (2.3 g, 45% yield, 98% purity, Rt=1.081 min) as a yellow oil. 
     Step 4: (S)-5-fluoro-2-methoxy-4-(2-(1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-4-methylphenyl)pyridine (25-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 25-3-P1 (0.70 g, 2.3 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added NaH (0.14 g, 3.5 mmol, 60% purity) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 hour. Then Mel (0.66 g, 4.6 mmol, 0.29 mL) was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. The residue was quenched with aqueous NH 4 Cl (10 mL) and water (20 mL), then extracted with EA (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous brine (30 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/0 to 100/1) to give 25-4 (0.40 g, 52% yield, 96% purity) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =318.3. 
     Step 5: (S)-4-(4-(bromomethyl)-2-(1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)phenyl)-5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridine (25-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 25-4 (0.40 g, 1.3 mmol) in CCl 4  (10 mL) was added NBS (0.22 g, 1.3 mmol) and AIBN (21 mg, 0.13 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The residue was quenched by water (20 mL), then extracted with DCM (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/0 to 200/1) to give 25-5 (0.26 g, 52% yield, 100% purity) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =396.0. 
     Step 6: ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (25-6) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of Int-A (0.55 g, 2.1 mmol) and 25-5 (0.95 g, 2.5 mmol) in MeCN (10 mL) was added Cs 2 CO 3  (1.3 g, 4.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The residue was quenched by water (20 mL), then extracted with EA (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous brine (20 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE/EA/DCM/MeOH=5/1/0/0 to 0/0/20/1) to give 25-6 (1.1 g, 90% yield, 98% purity) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =584.5. 
     Step 7: ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 25) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 25-6 (1.1 g, 1.9 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) and H 2 O (6 mL) was added NaOH (0.75 g, 19 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 hours. The mixture was adjusted to pH 7 by addition of FA, and the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18 250×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: A: water with 10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 ; B: ACN; B %: 25%-55% over 20 min) to give Compound 25 (0.84 g, 79% yield, 99% purity) as an off-white solid.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ=8.23 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (t, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 6.76 (m, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 1H), 3.16 (m, 3H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.02 (m, 1H), 0.67 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.63 (s, 9H), 0.45 (m, 1H), 0.23 (m, 2H), 0.02 (m, 1H). LCMS: tR=0.824 min., (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =578.3. 
     Step 8: sodium ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (Compound 25, sodium salt) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of Compound 25 (0.35 g, 0.63 mmol) in ACN (3 mL) and H 2 O (10 mL) was added NaOH (1M, 0.63 mL, 0.63 mmol). The mixture was lyophilized to give Compound 25, sodium salt (0.34 g, 91% yield, 99% purity) as an off-white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M-Na+H+H) + =578.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ=8.23 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (t, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 6.76 (m, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 1H), 3.16 (m, 3H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.02 (m, 1H), 0.67 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.63 (s, 9H), 0.45 (m, 1H), 0.23 (m, 2H), 0.02 (m, 1H). 
     Example 22: Preparation of ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((2′-fluoro-5′-hydroxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 26) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: 1-(2-bromo-5-methylphenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol (26-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A solution of 2-bromo-5-methylbenzaldehyde (15 g, 75 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (300 mL) was added tert-butymagnesium chloride (1.7 M in THF, 66 mL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. under N 2 . The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl solution (300 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (300 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=100/1 to 95/5) to give 26-1 (8.0 g, 37.98% yield) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.41-7.35 (m, 2H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 4.90 (s, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 0.97 (s, 9H). 
     Step 2: (S)-1-(2-bromo-5-methylphenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol (26-2-P1) and (R)-1-(2-bromo-5-methylphenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol (26-2-P2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound 26-1 (8.0 g, 18 mmol) was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAKAS (250×30 mm, 5 um); mobile phase: [A: CO 2 ; B: 0.1% NH 4 OH in IPA]; B %: 30%, 2.4 min; 3000 min) to give 26-2-P1 (3.2 g, 40% yield, Rt=0.901 min) and 26-2-P2 (4.0 g, 50% yield, Rt=0.996 min) as yellow oils. 
     Step 3: (S)-1-bromo-2-(1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-4-methylbenzene (26-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of NaH (1.4 g, 35 mmol, 60% purity, 3 eq) in THF (60 mL) was added 26-2-P1 (3.0 g, 12 mmol, 1 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hour. Then Mel (35 mmol, 2.2 mL, 3 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl solution (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous brine (100 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=100/0 to 98/2) to give 26-3 (3.5 g, 99% yield) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl) δ 7.40 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (m, 1H), 4.40 (s, 1H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H). 
     Step 4: (S)-1-bromo-4-(bromomethyl)-2-(1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzene (26-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 26-3 (3.5 g, 13 mmol, 1 eq) in CCl 4  (30 mL) was added NBS (2.5 g, 14 mmol, 1.1 eq) and BPO (0.31 g, 1.3 mmol, 0.1 eq) at under N 2 . The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2), and the combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (40 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=100/0) to give 26-4 (3.3 g, 73% yield) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 Cl) δ 7.51 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J=2.4, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.41 (s, 1H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H). 
     Step 5: ethyl ((S)-2-(3-((4-bromo-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-cyclopropylethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (26-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 26-4 (0.50 g, 1.4 mmol, 1 eq) and Int-A (0.38 g, 1.4 mmol, 1 eq) in ACN (10 mL) was added Cs 2 CO 3  (0.93 g, 2.9 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2), and the combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (50 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 0/1) to give 26-5 (0.70 g, 92% yield) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.58 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.82 (m, 3H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 4.59 (s, 1H), 4.46 (s, 1H), 4.00-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.26-1.15 (m, 4.5H), 1.10 (m, 1H), 0.99 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 2H), 0.92 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 9H), 0.61 (m, 1H), 0.38 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 0.29 (m, 1H), 0.14 (m, 1H). 
     Step 6: ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((2′-fluoro-5′-hydroxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (26-6) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of (2-fluoro-5-hydroxy-phenyl)boronic acid (35 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.5 eq) and 26-5 (80 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 eq) in dioxane (1 mL) and H 2 O (0.2 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl 2  (5.5 mg, 7.4 umol, 0.05 eq) and K 2 CO 3  (62 mg, 0.45 mmol, 3 eq) under N 2 . The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 26-6 (0.10 g, crude) as a yellow oil. 
     Step 7: ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((2′-fluoro-5′-hydroxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 26) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 26-6 (70 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (1 mL) and H 2 O (1 mL) was added NaOH (49 mg, 1.2 mmol, 10 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 5 hours. The mixture was poured into 1M aqueous HCl (5 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75*30 mm*3 um; mobile phase: [water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v)-ACN]; B %: 12%-42%, 7 min) to give Compound 26 (57 mg, 82% yield, NH 3 ) as a white solid. LCMS: tR=1.062 min., (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =541.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.63-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.02-6.89 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.79 (m, 2H), 6.78-6.72 (m, 1H), 6.70-6.60 (m, 1H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 4.30-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.27 (s, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.21 (dd, J=4.8, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 2.12-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.11-0.97 (m, 1H), 0.73-0.60 (m, 12H), 0.57-0.46 (m, 1H), 0.39-0.25 (m, 2H), 0.15-0.03 (m, 1H). 
     Example 23: Preparation of ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 27) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (27-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A mixture of Int-B (34 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.0 eq), 24-6 (50 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.0 eq), and Ag 2 CO 3  (0.10 g, 0.38 mmol, 3.0 eq) in toluene (2 mL) was degassed and purged with N 2  3 times. Then the mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours under a N 2  atmosphere. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , Ethyl acetate: CH 3 OH=10:1) to give 27-1 (45 mg, 61% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =584.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 -d) 6=8.12 (dd, J=3.6, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.08-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.80 (m, 2H), 6.75-6.72 (m, 2H), 5.45 (br s, 2H), 4.02-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.25 (m, 3H), 2.33-2.13 (m, 3H), 1.36-1.25 (m, 4H), 1.20-1.13 (m, 3H), 1.07 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 0.74-0.68 (m, 9H), 0.67-0.61 (m, 1H), 0.51-0.36 (m, 2H), 0.23-0.16 (m, 1H). 
     Step 2: ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 27) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 27-1 (45 mg, 77 umol, 1.0 eq) in EtOH (1 mL), THE (1 mL) and H 2 O (1 mL) was added LiOH.H 2 O (65 mg, 1.5 mmol, 20 eq) under a N 2  atmosphere. Then the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours under N 2 . The mixture was adjusted to pH 5-6 with 1M aqueous HCl. Then the mixture was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75×30 mm×3 um; mobile phase: [A: water (0.05% NH 4 OH+10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 ); B: ACN]; B %: 15%-65% over 8 min) to give Compound 27 (18.42 mg, 43% yield, 99% purity) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =556.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ=8.04 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.42 (br dd, J=8.4, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.80 (s, 2H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 4.10 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 1H), 3.77-3.72 (m, 3H), 3.24-3.12 (m, 3H), 2.22-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.09-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.04 (br s, 1H), 0.95 (br d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.62 (s, 9H), 0.56-0.47 (m, 1H), 0.31 (br t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 0.15-0.07 (m, 1H). 
     Example 24: Preparation of ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 28) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (28-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 25-5 (50 mg, 0.11 mmol) and Int-B (29 mg, 0.11 mmol) in toluene (1 mL) was added Ag 2 CO 3  (90 mg, 0.33 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The residue was quenched by water (20 mL), then extracted with EA (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , PE:EA:DCM:MeOH=5:1:0:0 to 0:0:20:1) to give 28-1 (40 mg, 55% yield, 88% purity) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =585.5. 
     Step 2: ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 28) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 28-1 (40 mg, 60 umol, 88% purity) in MeOH (0.5 mL) and H 2 O (0.5 mL) was added NaOH (24 mg, 0.60 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered to give a mixture. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (basic condition; column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75*30 mm*3 um; mobile phase: [water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v)-ACN]; B %: 11%-41%, 7 min) to give Compound 28 (30 mg, 86% yield, 99% purity, NH 3 ) as a white solid. LCMS: tR=0.990 min., (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =557.4.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ=8.23 (m, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (dd, J1=0.8 Hz, J2=1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (m, 2H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 1H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.17 (m, 1H), 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.00 (m, 1H), 0.67 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 3H), 0.61 (s, 9H), 0.47 (m, 1H), 0.28 (m, 2H), 0.02 (m, 1H). 
     Example 25: Preparation of ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 29) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: 3′-methoxy-4-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-carbaldehyde (29-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 2-bromo-5-methylbenzaldehyde (1.5 g, 7.5 mmol) and (3-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid (1.7 g, 11 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) and H 2 O (3 mL) was added Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2  (0.26 g, 0.38 mmol) and Na 2 CO 3  (1.6 g, 15 mmol) under N 2 . The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/0 to 1/1) to give 29-1 (1.7 g, 99% yield) as a yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 9.90 (s, 1H), 7.83˜7.72 (m, 1H), 7.54˜7.49 (m, 1H), 7.40˜7.34 (m, 2H), 7.04˜6.99 (m, 1H), 6.95˜6.87 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H). 
     Step 2: 1-(3′-methoxy-4-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol (29-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 29-1 (1.7 g, 7.5 mmol) in THF (34 mL) was added tert-butylmagnesium chloride (1 M in THF, 11 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was added to cold water (100 mL), then diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (50 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/0 to 1/1) to give 29-2 (1.0 g, 47% yield) as a yellow oil. 
     Step 3: (S)-1-(3′-methoxy-4-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol (29-3-P1) and (R)-1-(3′-methoxy-4-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol (29-3-P2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound 29-2 (1.0 g, 3.5 mmol) was separated by SFC (Column: Chiralpak IG-3 50×4.6 mm I.D., 3 um; Mobile phase: A: CO 2 , B: MeOH (0.05% DEA); % B: 5%-40%) to give 29-3-P1 (0.36 g, 35% yield, Rt=1.044) as a yellow oil and 29-3-P2 (0.38 g, 38% yield, Rt=1.237) as a yellow oil. 
     Step 4: (S)-1-(3′-methoxy-4-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol (29-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 29-3-P1 (0.36 g, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NaH (76 mg, 1.9 mmol, 60% purity) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred for 0.5 hour at 25° C. Then Mel (0.36 g, 2.5 mmol) was added to the mixture at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl (30 mL) slowly at 0° C., then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/0 to 1/1) to give 29-4 (0.20 g, 53% yield) as a yellow oil. 
     Step 5: (S)-4-(bromomethyl)-3′-methoxy-2-(1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-1,1′-biphenyl (29-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 29-4 (0.20 g, 0.67 mmol) in CCl 4  (5 mL) was added NBS (0.12 g, 0.67 mmol) and AIBN (11 mg, 67 umol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/0 to 1/1) to give 29-5 (0.13 g, 51% yield) as a yellow oil. 
     Step 6: ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (29-6) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of Int-A (0.14 g, 0.53 mmol) and 29-5 (0.20 g, 0.53 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added K 2 CO 3  (0.15 g, 1.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of water (20 mL), then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , PE:EA DCM:MeOH=3:1:0:0 to 0:0:20:1) to give 29-6 (0.25 g, 82% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+Na) + =587.2. 
     Step 7: ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(3-((3′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 29) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 29-6 (0.52 g, 0.92 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) and H 2 O (2 mL) was added NaOH (0.37 g, 9.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75×30 mm×3 um; mobile phase: [A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v); B: ACN]; B %: 18%-48% over 11.5 min) to give a residue (135 mg, 0.25 mmol). To the residue in H 2 O (10 mL) and ACN (3 mL) was added aqueous NaOH (1 M, 0.25 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to give Compound 29, sodium salt (0.15 g, 29% yield, Na salt) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+Na) + =559.5.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.10-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.85˜6.56 (m, 6H), 4.97 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 0.95˜0.80 (m, 1H), 0.71 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.57 (s, 9H), 0.45-0.30 (m, 1H), 0.28-0.13 (m, 2H), 0.05˜−0.10 (m, 1H). 
     Example 26: Preparation of ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((3′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 30) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((3′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (30-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 29-5 (1.1 g, 2.9 mmol) and Int-B (0.77 g, 2.9 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) was added Ag 2 CO 3  (2.4 g, 8.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate:DCM:MeOH=3:1:0:0 to 0:0:20:1) to give 30-1 (1.0 g, 62% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =566.5. 
     Step 2: ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((3′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 30) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 30-1 (1.0 g, 1.8 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) and H 2 O (2 mL) was added NaOH (0.73 g, 18 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge BEH C18 250×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: [A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v); B: ACN]; B %: 20%-40% over 15 min) to give a residue (0.70 g, 1.3 mmol). The residue and aqueous NaOH (1 M, 1.3 mL) in H 2 O (20 mL) and ACN (6 mL) was lyophilized to give Compound 30, sodium salt (0.71 g, 99% yield, Na salt) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =538.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.11˜7.00 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.68 (m, 4H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 5.50˜5.19 (m, 2H), 4.18 (s, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.19 (s, 3H), 2.18˜1.73 (m, 3H), 0.82 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 4H), 0.65-0.50 (m, 9H), 0.49-0.36 (m, 1H), 0.31˜0.17 (m, 2H), 0.06˜−0.09 (m, 1H). 
     Example 27: Preparation of ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((2′-fluoro-5′-hydroxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 31) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: ethyl ((S)-2-(2-((4-bromo-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropylethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (31-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 26-4 (1.6 g, 4.5 mmol, 1.2 eq) in toluene (20 mL) was added Int-B (1.0 g, 3.7 mmol, 1 eq) and Ag 2 CO 3  (3.1 g, 11 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/1 to 0/1) to give 31-1 (1.5 g, 75% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =540.6. 
     Step 2: ethyl ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((2′-fluoro-5′-hydroxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinate (31-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 31-1 (1.5 g, 2.8 mmol, 1 eq) in dioxane (20 mL) and H 2 O (4 mL) was added K 2 CO 3  (1.9 g, 14 mmol, 5 eq), (2-fluoro-5-hydroxy-phenyl)boronic acid (1.3 g, 8.4 mmol, 3 eq) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2  (0.10 g, 0.14 mmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (40 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 31-2 (1.6 g, crude) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =570.4 
     Step 3: ((S)-2-cyclopropyl-2-(2-((2′-fluoro-5′-hydroxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 31) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 31-2 (1.6 g, 2.8 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (8 mL) and H 2 O (8 mL) was added NaOH (1.1 g, 28 mmol, 10 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge 150×25 mm×5 um; mobile phase: [A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v); B: ACN]; B %: 12%-42% over 10 min) to give the free acid product (1.18 g, 2.1 mmol). The free acid was dissolved with ACN (5 mL) and H 2 O (20 mL), and then aqueous NaOH (1M, 4.2 mL, 2 eq.) was added. The mixture was lyophilized to give Compound 31 (1.2 g, 95% yield, bis Na salt) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =542.2.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.03 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.85-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.64-6.45 (m, 2H), 5.43-5.36 (m, 2H), 4.43-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 3H), 2.30-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.11-0.98 (m, 1H), 0.87 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.68 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 8H), 0.46-0.31 (m, 2H), 0.21-0.08 (m, 1H). 
     Example 28: Preparation of (2-(3-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compounds 32 and 33) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: ethyl (2-(3-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinate (32-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of Int-C(1) (80 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 eq) and 24-6 (0.10 g, 0.40 mmol, 1.2 eq) in ACN (1 mL) was added Cs 2 CO 3  (0.21 g, 0.60 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (20 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge 150×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: [A: water (10 mM NH 4 .HCO 3 ), B: ACN]; B %: 55%-85%) to give 33-1 (50 mg, 27% yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =557.2. 32-1 (50 mg, 27% yield) was prepared from Int-C(2) according to same procedure. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =557.2. 
     Step 2: ((R)-2-(3-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid and ((S)-2-(3-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid. (Compounds 32 and 33) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 32-1 (40 mg, 72 umol, 1 eq) in MeOH (0.5 mL) and H 2 O (0.5 mL) was added NaOH (29 mg, 0.72 mmol, 10 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered to give a filtrate. The filtrate was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge 150×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: [A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v), B: ACN]; B %: 30%-60%) to give Compound 32 (32 mg, 81% yield) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =529.2.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.67-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.02 (m, 3H), 6.97-6.90 (m, 2H), 6.89-6.82 (m, 2H), 6.76 (dd, J=3.2, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 4.24-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.74 (m, 3H), 3.29-3.17 (m, 3H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.16-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.35 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 3H), 0.67 (s, 9H). Compound 33 (33 mg, 67% yield) was prepared from 33-1 according to same procedure. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =529.2.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.64-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.97-6.90 (m, 2H), 6.89-6.82 (m, 2H), 6.76 (dd, J=3.2, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 4.23-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.66 (m, 3H), 3.29-3.18 (m, 3H), 3.17-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.16-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.35 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 3H), 0.67 (s, 9H). Absolute stereochemistry was not defined. 
     Example 29: Preparation of (2-(3-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 34) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound 34 was prepared according to Example 28 from starting reagents Int-C(2) and 25-5. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =530.4.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.62 (br s, 1H), 7.48 (br d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.26 (m, 2H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 6.82-6.90 (m, 2H), 6.68 (br s, 1H), 5.21 (s, 2H), 4.08-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.93 (m, 4H), 3.22 (br s, 3H), 3.11-3.17 (m, 1H), 1.93-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.35 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.08 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 3H), 0.67 (s, 9H). Absolute stereochemistry not defined. 
     Example 30: Preparation of (2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compounds 35 and 36) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: N-(5-(bromomethyl)-2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (35-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 1-5 (1.0 g, 2.9 mmol, 1 eq) and PPh 3  (0.98 g, 3.8 mmol, 1.3 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added NBS (0.67 g, 3.8 mmol, 1.3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=10:1) to give 35-1 (0.70 g, 56% yield) as a colorless oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =411.0. 
     Step 2: ((S)-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid and ((R)-2-(3-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compounds 35, 36) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound 35 was prepared according to Example 28 from starting reagents Int-C(2) and 35-1. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =543.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=8.02 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=0.4 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.91 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.74 (m, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.20-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.84 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.33 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.86 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 12H). 
     Compound 36 was prepared according to Example 28 from starting reagents Int-C(1) and 35-1. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =543.4.1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=8.09 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.93 (m, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (dd, J=8.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 3.24-3.08 (m, 3H), 1.98-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.34 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.00 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 12H), 0.93 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 3H). Absolute stereochemistry was not defined. 
     Example 31: (2-(2-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compounds 37 and 38) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: ethyl (2-(2-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinate (37-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A mixture of 25-5 (1.4 g, 3.6 mmol, 1 eq), Int-D(1) (0.88 g, 3.6 mmol, 1 eq) and Ag 2 CO 3  (1.5 g, 5.4 mmol, 1.5 eq) in toluene (15 mL) was degassed and purged with N 2  3 times. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 hrs under N 2  atmosphere. The solution was diluted with H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Ethyl acetate:Ethanol=10:1) to give 37-1 (0.46 g, 14% yield, 63% purity) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =559.3. 38-1 (84 mg, 9% yield, 50% purity) was prepared from Int-D(2) according to same procedure. 
     Step 2: ((R)-2-(2-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid and ((S)-2-(2-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compounds 37 and 38) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A mixture of 37-1 (0.46 g, 0.82 mmol, 1 eq) and NaOH (0.33 g, 8.2 mmol, 10 eq) in MeOH (2.5 mL) and H 2 O (2.5 mL) was degassed and purged with N 2  3 times. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 3 hrs under N 2  atmosphere. The mixture was adjusted to pH 6 by the addition of FA and then purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: [A: water (0.05% NH 3 .H 2 O), B: ACN]; B %: 20%-50%) to give Compound 37 (19 mg, 4.4% yield, 99.72% purity) as a white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =531.4.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ ppm 7.92-8.20 (m, 2H); 7.62 (br s, 1H); 7.46 (br s, 1H); 7.19 (br d, J=7.629395 Hz, 1H); 6.92 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H); 6.81 (s, 1H); 6.68 (br d, J=3.877197 Hz, 1H); 5.43 (s, 2H) 3.83-4.20 (m, 4H); 3.08-3.27 (m, 4H); 1.78-2.04 (m, 2H); 1.37 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H); 1.13 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H); 0.67 (s, 9H). 
     Compound 38 (9.6 mg, 12% yield) was prepared from 38-1 according to same procedure. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =531.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ ppm; 7.87-8.24 (m, 2H); 7.62-7.60 (m, 1H); 7.41-7.55 (m, 1H); 7.19-7.17 (m, 1H); 6.75 (br s, 3H); 5.43 (s, 2H) 3.92-3.88 (m, 4H); 3.37-3.42 (m, 1H); 3.22 (br s, 3H); 1.81-2.07 (m, 2H); 1.38-1.36 (m, 3H); 1.14-1.11 (m, 3H); 0.58 (s, 9H). 
     Example 32: Preparation of ((R)-2-(2-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid or ((S)-2-(2-((3-((diisopropylamino)methyl)-4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)benzyl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 39) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound 39 was prepared according to Example 28 from starting reagents Int-D(1) and 35-1. LCMS (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =544.4.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=8.18 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (dd, J=5.2, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.81 (m, 2H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 4.13 (br s, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.63-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.13 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.36 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 13H), 1.23-1.15 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 12H), 1.10-1.03 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H). 
     Example 33: Preparation of ((R)-2-(2-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid or ((S)-2-(2-((2′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-2-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)methoxy)pyridin-4-yl)propyl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 40) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound 40 was prepared according to Example 28 from starting reagents Int-D(2) and 24-6. LCMS: (ES+) m/z (M+H) + =530.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ ppm 7.53-7.65 (m, 1H); 7.44-7.42 (m, 1H); 7.01-7.27 (m, 2H); 6.90-6.99 (m, 2H); 6.82 (s, 1H); 6.76 (dd, J=6.0 Hz, 3.2 Hz, 1H); 5.42 (s, 2H); 4.20 (s, 1H); 3.96 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H); 3.73-3.84 (m, 3H); 3.28 (s, 1H); 3.10-3.25 (m, 3H); 1.86-2.13 (m, 2H); 1.38 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H); 1.18 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H); 0.67 (s, 9H). 
     Example 34: Preparation of ((R)-1-(3-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 41) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Step 1: (S)-1-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)propan-2-ol (41-1) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     A solution of 1-benzyloxy-3-bromobenzene (10 g, 38 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (0.6 L) was cooled to −78° C., n-BuLi (2.5 M in n-hexane, 17 mL, 1.1 eq) was slowly added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. To the reaction mixture was added (2S)-2-methyloxirane (2.2 g, 38 mmol, 2.7 mL, 1.0 eq) and BF 3 .Et 2 O (8.1 g, 57 mmol, 7.0 mL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was then stirred at −78° C. for 1.5 hours. The mixture was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl solution (200 mL), slowly warmed to room temperature, and then extracted with EtOAc (600 mL×2). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/0 to 4/1) to give 41-1 (5.0 g, 54% yield) as yellow oil.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.38-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.15 (dt, J=1.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.83-6.69 (m, 3H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 4.01-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.53 (m, 1H), 1.15 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H). 
     Step 2: (S)-1-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (41-2) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 41-1 (10 g, 41 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (100 mL) was added TEA (8.4 g, 83 mmol, 11 mL, 2 eq) and DMAP (5.0 g, 41 mmol, 1.0 eq) followed by TsCl (12 g, 62 mmol, 1.5 eq), slowly in portions. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of H 2 O (100 mL) at 25° C. and then extracted with DCM (40 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (60 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=100/1 to 4/1) to give 41-2 (14 g, 82% yield) as yellow oil with 100% ee by analytical SFC.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.62 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.37 (m, 4H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.76 (m, 1H), 6.70-6.60 (m, 2H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 4.75 (q, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J=6.8, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (dd, J=6.4, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.32 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H). 
     Step 3: ethyl ((R)-1-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl)(methyl)phosphinate (41-3) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     Compound 41-2 (12 g, 31 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in diethoxy(methyl)phosphane (85 g, 0.63 mol, 20 eq) in a three-necked round bottom flask, and the mixture was stirred at 130° C. for 12 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of H 2 O (300 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated sodium chloride solution (200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=2/1 to 0/1, EA/MeOH=10/1) to obtain the crude product. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18 250×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: [A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN]; B %: 54%) to give 41-3 (1.1 g, 11% yield) as yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =333.3.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=7.46-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.16 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.83 (m, 2H), 6.81 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.06 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.44 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (dt, J=1.6, 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (ddd, J=7.2, 10.0, 17.6 Hz, 3H). 
     Step 4: ethyl ((R)-1-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propan-2-yl)(methyl)phosphinate (41-4) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 41-3 (1.1 g, 2.7 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (20 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (0.2 g, 2.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) under N 2 . The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2  several times. The mixture was stirred at 35° C. for 6 hrs under H 2  (15 psi) atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give 41-4 (0.6 g, 90% yield) as yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =243.2. 
     Step 5: ethyl ((R)-1-(3-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl)(methyl)phosphinate (41-5) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 41-4 (0.10 g, 0.41 mmol, 1.0 eq) and 25-5 (0.16 g, 0.41 mmol, 1.0 eq) in ACN (1 mL) was added Cs 2 CO 3  (0.27 g, 0.83 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give 41-5 (0.20 g, crude) as a yellow oil. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+Na) + =580.3. 
     Step 6: ((R)-1-(3-((4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-3-((S)-1-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzyl)oxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl)(methyl)phosphinic acid (Compound 41) 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     To a solution of 41-5 (0.20 g, 0.36 mmol, 1.0 eq) in MeOH (1 mL) and H 2 O (1 mL) was added NaOH (0.22 g, 5.4 mmol, 15 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hrs. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge 150×25 mm×10 um; mobile phase: [A: water (10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 ), B: ACN]; B %: 28%-58%) to give Compound 41 (19 mg, 9.8% yield) as white solid. LCMS: (ES + ) m/z (M+H) + =530.4.  1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ=8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.62 (br s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.89-6.77 (m, 3H), 6.68 (m, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 4.21-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.25-3.12 (m, 4H), 2.43-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.33 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 3H), 0.98 (dd, J=7.2, 16.8 Hz, 3H), 0.67 (s, 9H). 
     II. Biological Evaluation 
     Example A-1: In Vitro Activity Assay 
     Cell Lines Expressing GPR40/FFAR1 
     CHO-K1 cells expressing human GPR40 were purchased from DiscoverX (95-1005C 2 ). HEK293 cells expressing mouse FFAR1 were prepared using a mouse FFAR1 carrying plasmid purchased from OriGene Technologies (MR222997). The cells were transfected using Lipofectamine 2000 using manufacturer instructions and stable cell line was established from a single cell using geneticine selection. Assay ready frozen (ARF) cells were prepared and used throughout the study. 
     Inositol Phosphate Accumulation Assay 
     The assay was performed in a 384-well plate format using IP1 assay kit from Cis-Bio. ARF cells expressing FFAR1 (mouse and human) were thawed, washed and then plated in the appropriate medium (F12 based medium for CHO hFFAR1 and DMEM based medium for HEK293 mFFAR1-both were supplemented with 10% FBS and penicillin/streptomycin). 20 μL of 3.5×10 5  cells/mL were plated on a Poly D-Lysine coated 384-well white plate. The cells were then incubated for 16 hr at 37° C./5% CO 2 . After 16 hr the medium was removed and 15 μL of stimulation buffer containing the test compounds was added to the cells. The plates were then incubated for 90 min at 37° C./5% CO 2 . 5 μL of detection buffer (prepared as described in the IP-one kit) was added to each well and the plates were incubated at RT for 1 hr. 
     RT-FRET was measured using ClarioSTAR plate reader, calculating the ratio between emissions at 665 nm and 620 nm (HTRF ratio). HTRF ratio for positive (Max) and negative (Min) controls were used to normalize HTRF data and generate values for % activity. EC 50  and Max activity values were determined using a standard 4-parameter fit. 
     Results for exemplary compounds are shown in Table 1. 
     
       
         
           
               
               
               
             
               
                   
                 TABLE 1 
               
               
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 Compound 
                 Human EC 50   
               
               
                   
                   
               
             
            
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                   
                 1 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 4 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 5 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 6 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 7 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 8 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 9 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 10 
                 B 
               
               
                   
                 13 
                 C 
               
               
                   
                 12 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 13 
                 B 
               
               
                   
                 14 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 15 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 16 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 17 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 18 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 19 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 20 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 21 
                 B 
               
               
                   
                 22 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 23 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 24 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 25 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 26 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 27 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 28 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 29 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 30 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 31 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 32 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 33 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 34 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 35 
                 B 
               
               
                   
                 36 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 37 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 38 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 39 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 40 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 41 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 A ≤ 50 nM; 
               
               
                   
                 50 nM &lt; B ≤ 250 nM; 
               
               
                   
                 250 nM &lt; C ≤ 1000 nM; 
               
               
                   
                 D &gt; 1000 nM. 
               
            
           
         
       
     
     Example A-2: In Vivo Plasma Levels in Mice 
     Male C57BL/6J mice 10-12 weeks old were dosed with test article (30 mg/kg) or vehicle by oral gavage. Animals were euthanized with carbon dioxide at 2 h or 5 h post dose. Blood was collected for measurement of plasma concentrations of test article. Unbound exposure was calculated by multiplying the measured total exposure by the free fraction as assessed from plasma protein binding. 
     Plasma protein binding to isotonic phosphate buffer (PBS) containing 10% C57 BL/6 mouse plasma was determined using equilibrium dialysis of plasma spiked with test article (2 μM) against a dialysis buffer (100 mM sodium phosphate and 150 mM NaCl). At the end of the dialysis (4 hr), aliquots of the plasma and buffer were processed by protein precipitation for LC-MS/MS analysis to quantitate the test article. 
     Results for exemplary compounds (total exposure in plasma and unbound exposure in plasma; ratio of EC 50  to unbound exposure in plasma) are shown in Table 2. 
     
       
         
           
               
               
               
               
               
             
               
                   
                 TABLE 2 
               
               
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 EC 50 / 
               
               
                   
                   
                 Exposure (nM) 
                 Time post- 
                 unbound 
               
               
                   
                 Compound 
                 (unbound) 
                 dose (h) 
                 exposure 
               
               
                   
                   
               
             
            
               
                   
                 13 
                 294 (1.2)  
                 2 
                 A 
               
               
                   
                 24 
                 145 (0.03) 
                 5 
                 B 
               
               
                   
                 25 
                 1,838 (1.1)   
                 2 
                 D 
               
               
                   
                 29 
                 140 (0.06) 
                 5 
                 B 
               
               
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 A = &gt;50; 
               
               
                   
                 B = 30 to 50; 
               
               
                   
                 C = 10 to 29; 
               
               
                   
                 D = 2 to 9